# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: system-admin-guide\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-21 03:14+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-02 00:15+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: GNOME Korea <gnome-kr-hackers@lists.kldp.net>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(title)
msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop System Administration Guide"
msgstr "그놈 2.14 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para)
msgid "The GNOME System Administration Guide provides information to administrators on how to configure and manage different aspects of the desktop environment for users."
msgstr "그놈 시스템 관리 안내서는 사용자들을 위해 다양한 데스크탑 환경을 설정하고 관리하는 방법을 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(year)
msgid "2006"
msgstr "2006"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(holder)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(holder)
msgid "Brent Smith"
msgstr "Brent Smith"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(year)
msgid "2005"
msgstr "2005"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(year)
msgid "2004"
msgstr "2004"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:39(holder)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(holder)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:68(orgname)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:102(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para)
msgid "Sun Microsystems"
msgstr "Sun Microsystems"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(year)
msgid "2003"
msgstr "2003"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:53(publishername)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(orgname)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:95(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(para)
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
msgstr "그놈 문서 프로젝트"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(para)
msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."
msgstr "본 설명서는 프리 소프트웨어 재단(FSF)에서 발행한 GNU 자유 문서 라이센스(GFDL) 버전 1.1 이상의 조항에 따라 변경 불가 부분, 앞 표지 텍스트 및 뒷 표지 텍스트를 제외하고 복사, 수정 및/또는 배포할 수 있습니다. GFDL의 사본은 링<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">링크</ulink> 또는 본 설명서와 함께 배포된 COPYING-DOCS 파일에서 찾을 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para)
msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."
msgstr "본 설명서는 GFDL에 따라 배포된 그놈 설명서 컬렉션의 일부입니다. 본 설명서를 컬렉션과 별도로 배포하려는 경우에는 라이센스 조항 6에 따라 라이센스 사본을 설명서에 추가하면 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(para)
msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."
msgstr "기업의 제품과 서비스를 식별하기 위해 사용된 많은 이름은 상표로 간주됩니다. 그놈 문서에 사용된 이름과 그놈 문서 프로젝트의 구성원은 해당 상표로, 모두 대문자로 표시되거나 첫 글자가 대문자로 표시되어 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para)
msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"
msgstr "문서는 \"있는 그대로\"로 제공되며 상품성, 특정 목적에의 적합성 또는 준수에 대한 보증을 비롯한 일체의 명시적 또는 암시적인 보증을 제한 없이 부인합니다. 문서 및 수정판의 품질, 정확성 및 성능에 대한 책임은 전적으로 사용자에게 있습니다. 문서 또는 수정판에 대한 오류를 입증하려면 사용자(원저작자, 저작자 또는 배포자 아님)는 필요한 서비스, 수리 및 수정 비용을 부담해야 합니다. 본 보증 부인은 라이센스의 필수 부분에 해당합니다. 본 보증 부인을 따르지 않는 모든 문서나 수정판은 사용할 수 없습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para)
msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
msgstr "또한 불법 행위(부주의 포함), 계약 또는 직접, 간접, 특별, 부수적 및 파생적인 모든 손해(영업권 손실, 작업 중지, 컴퓨터 오류 및 고장 또는 본 문서나 수정판의 사용으로 인해 발생하거나 관련된 기타 모든 손실 및 이러한 손실 가능성에 대해 미리 공지한 경우에도 제한되지 않음)에 대해서는 어떠한 상황이나 법률적인 이론 하에서도 본 문서 또는 수정판의 저작자, 원저자, 모든 배포자 또는 공급자는 책임을 지지 않습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(para)
msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "문서 및 수정판은 다음 GNU 자유 문서 라이센스의 조항에 따라 제공됩니다. <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(firstname)
msgid "Brent"
msgstr "Brent"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(surname)
msgid "Smith"
msgstr "Smith"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(firstname)
msgid "Sun"
msgstr "Sun"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(surname)
msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
msgstr "그놈 문서 팀"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(revnumber)
msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.4"
msgstr "그놈 2.14 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서 버전 2.4"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:76(date)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(date)
msgid "March 2004"
msgstr "2004년 3월"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(revnumber)
msgid "GNOME 2.6 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.3"
msgstr "그놈 2.6 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서 버전 2.3"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(revnumber)
msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.2"
msgstr "그놈 2.4 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서 버전 2.2"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(date)
msgid "September 2003"
msgstr "2003년 9월"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(revnumber)
msgid "GNOME 2.2 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.1"
msgstr "그놈 2.2 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서 버전 2.1"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(date)
msgid "January 2003"
msgstr "2003년 1월"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(revnumber)
msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.0"
msgstr "그놈 2.0 데스크탑 시스템 관리 안내서 버전 2.0"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(date)
msgid "December 2002"
msgstr "2002년 12월"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(releaseinfo)
msgid "This manual describes version 2.14 of the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr "이 설명서는 그놈 데스크탑 버전 2.14를 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(title)
msgid "Feedback"
msgstr "피드백"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para)
msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Desktop or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-feedback\" type=\"help\">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>."
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑 혹은 이 설명서에 대한 버그를 알려 주시거나 의견을 제시하려면, <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-feedback\" type=\"help\">그놈 피드백 페이지</ulink>에 있는 대로 해 주십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Using GConf"
msgstr "GConf 사용하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "The information in this chapter describes how to use <application>GConf</application> to manage user preferences."
msgstr "이 장에서는 사용자의 기본 설정 정보를 관리하기 위해 <application>GConf</application>를 사용하는 방법을 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:7(title)
msgid "Introduction to GConf"
msgstr "GConf 개요"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:251(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:259(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:409(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:443(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:494(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:785(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:830(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:861(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:885(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:910(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:936(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:958(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:962(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:998(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1186(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1248(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1274(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1301(primary)
msgid "GConf"
msgstr "GConf"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:416(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(secondary)
msgid "introduction"
msgstr "개요"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para)
msgid "<application>GConf</application> simplifies the administration of preferences for GNOME Desktop users. <application>GConf</application> enables system administrators to do the following:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application>를 이용하면 그놈 데스크탑 사용자들의 기본 설정 정보를 간단히 관리할 수 있습니다. <application>GConf</application>는 시스템 관리자가 다음과 같은 작업을 할 수 있도록 도와줍니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para)
msgid "Set mandatory values for particular preferences for all users. In this way, system administrators can control whether users can update particular preferences."
msgstr "특정한 설정에 대해 모든 사용자에게 적용되는 필수값들을 지정합니다. 이를 이용하면, 시스템 관리자가 사용자들이 특정 설정을 변경할 수 있는지 제어할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(para)
msgid "Set default values for particular preferences for all users."
msgstr "특정한 설정에 대해 모든 사용자에게 적용되는 기본값을 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(para)
msgid "Use suggested values for preferences that are specified in definition files for the preferences."
msgstr "기본 설정의 정의 파일에서 제안하는 값들을 사용합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para)
msgid "Read documentation on each preference."
msgstr "각 설정에 대한 문서를 읽습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para)
msgid "<application>GConf</application> also notifies applications when a preference value changes, locally or across a network. In this way, when you change a preference, all applications that use the preference are immediately updated."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application>는 로컬 혹은 네트워크 상에서 설정값이 바뀐 경우에도 프로그램에게 알려줍니다. 따라서 설정값을 변경하면 해당 설정을 이용하는 모든 프로그램들이 즉시 업데이트 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para)
msgid "<application>GConf</application> has the following components:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application>는 다음과 같은 구성 요소들을 포함합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para)
msgid "A repository of user preferences."
msgstr "사용자 기본 설정을 위한 저장소."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para)
msgid "A daemon, <command>gconfd-2</command>."
msgstr "<command>gconfd-2</command> 데몬."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para)
msgid "A command line tool, <command>gconftool-2</command>."
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령행 도구."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:49(title)
msgid "GConf Repository"
msgstr "GConf 저장소"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(secondary)
msgid "repository"
msgstr "저장소"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para)
msgid "Each preference in the <application>GConf</application> repository is expressed as a key-value pair. A <firstterm>GConf preference key</firstterm> is an element in the repository that corresponds to an application preference. For example, the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen</systemitem> preference key corresponds to the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option in the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool. The GNOME Desktop user interface does not contain all of the preference keys in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, the <application>Panel</application> preference tool does not contain an option that corresponds to the <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tooltips_enabled</systemitem> key."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 저장소 내의 각 설정들은 키-값의 쌍으로 표현됩니다. <firstterm>GConf 설정 키</firstterm>는 특정 프로그램의 설정에 해당하는 저장소 내의 요소입니다. 예를 들어, <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen</systemitem> 설정 키는 <application>세션</application> 설정 도구 내의 <guilabel>로그인 시 스플래시 화면 보기</guilabel>에 해당하는 설정 키입니다. 그놈 데스크탑 사용자 인터페이스는 <application>GConf</application> 저장소 내의 모든 설정 키를 포함하지는 않습니다. 예를 들어 <application>패널</application> 설정 도구는 <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tooltips_enabled</systemitem> 키에 해당하는 옵션을 갖고 있지 않습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:62(para)
msgid "The repository is structured like a simple hierarchical file system. The repository contains the following:"
msgstr "저장소는 간단한 계층 구조의 파일 시스템과 같은 구조로 이루어져 있습니다. 저장소는 다음과 같은 요소들을 포함합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(para)
msgid "Directories that correspond to applications that use the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, the file system contains the directory <systemitem>/apps/metacity</systemitem>."
msgstr "디렉토리는 <application>GConf</application> 저장소를 이용하는 프로그램에 대응됩니다. 예를 들어 저장소 파일 시스템은 <systemitem>/apps/metacity</systemitem> 디렉토리를 포함합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(para)
msgid "Subdirectories that correspond to categories of preferences. For example, the file system contains the directory <systemitem>/apps/metacity/general</systemitem>."
msgstr "하위 디렉토리는 설정들의 분류에 해당합니다. 예를 들어 저장소 파일 시스템은 <systemitem>/apps/metacity/general</systemitem> 디렉토리를 포함합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:74(para)
msgid "Special files that list the preference keys in the directory, and contain information about the keys. For example, a file that contains information about the keys that relate to the HTTP proxy preferences is in the directory <systemitem>/system/http_proxy</systemitem>."
msgstr "디렉토리 내의 설정 키 목록과 각 키에 대한 정보를 포함하는 특수 파일. 예를 들어 HTTP 프록시 설정에 관련된 키에 대한 정보를 포함하는 파일은 <systemitem>/system/http_proxy</systemitem> 디렉토리에 존재합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(para)
msgid "A <systemitem>/schemas</systemitem> directory that contains files that describe all of the preference keys."
msgstr "<systemitem>/schemas</systemitem> 디렉토리는 모든 설정 키들을 설명하는 파일들을 포함합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(para)
msgid "Preference keys typically have simple values such as strings, integers, or lists of strings and integers. The format of the preference key in the repository depends on the backend module that is used to read the repository. The following is an example of the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> preference key when an Extensible Markup Language (XML) backend module is used to read the repository:"
msgstr "설정 키들은 일반적으로 문자열이나 정수 및 이들의 리스트와 같은 단순한 값을 가집니다. 저장소 내의 설정 키의 형식은 저장소를 읽기 위해 사용되는 백엔드 모듈에 따라 다릅니다. 다음은 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> 설정 키가 XML 백엔드 모듈을 이용하여 저장소를 읽는 경우의 예입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(para)
msgid "When this guide refers to a preference key, the path to the key is added to the name of the key. For example, the <systemitem>font_name</systemitem> preference key in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface</systemitem> subdirectory is referred to as <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem>."
msgstr "이 안내서에서 설정 키를 가리키는 경우에는, 해당 키의 경로를 키의 이름에 더할 것입니다. 예를 들어 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface</systemitem> 디렉토리 내의 <systemitem>font_name</systemitem> 설정 키는 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem>의 형태가 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(title)
msgid "GConf Configuration Sources"
msgstr "GConf 설정 소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:101(secondary)
msgid "configuration sources"
msgstr "설정 소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(para)
msgid "The <application>GConf</application> repository contains a series of storage locations that are called <firstterm>configuration sources</firstterm>. The configuration sources are listed in the <firstterm>GConf path file</firstterm>. The location of the <application>GConf</application> path file is <systemitem>/etc/gconf/<replaceable>gconf-version-number</replaceable>/path</systemitem>. Each user has a path file. The path file specifies the following information for each configuration source:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 저장소는 <firstterm>설정 소스</firstterm>라고 하는 일련의 저장 위치를 포함합니다. 설정 소스들은 <firstterm>GConf 경로 파일</firstterm> 내에 나열되어 있습니다. <application>GConf</application> 경로 파일의 위치는 <systemitem>/etc/gconf/<replaceable>gconf-버전-번호</replaceable>/path</systemitem>입니다. 각 사용자들은 하나의 경로 파일을 가집니다. 경로 파일은 각 설정 소스에 대해 다음과 같은 정보를 지정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para)
msgid "The backend module to use to read the repository."
msgstr "저장소를 읽기 위해 사용되는 백엔드 모듈."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:113(para)
msgid "The permissions on the repository."
msgstr "저장소의 접근 권한."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(para)
msgid "The location of the repository."
msgstr "저장소의 위치."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para)
msgid "The <application>GConf</application> path file also contains <systemitem>include</systemitem> instructions. By default, the contents of the <application>GConf</application> path file are as follows:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 경로 파일은 <systemitem>include</systemitem> 명령도 포함합니다. 기본적으로 <application>GConf</application> 경로 파일의 내용은 다음과 같습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory\n"
"include /etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path\n"
"include \"$(HOME)/.gconf.path\"\n"
"include /etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path\n"
"xml:readwrite:$(HOME)/.gconf\n"
"xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults"
msgstr ""
"xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory\n"
"include /etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path\n"
"include \"$(HOME)/.gconf.path\"\n"
"include /etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path\n"
"xml:readwrite:$(HOME)/.gconf\n"
"xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:126(para)
msgid "When <application>GConf</application> searches for a preference value, <application>GConf</application> reads the configuration sources in the order specified in the path file. The following table describes the configuration sources in the path file:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application>가 설정값을 찾을 때는, 경로 파일에 지정된 순서대로 설정 소스를 읽습니다. 아래의 표는 경로 파일 내의 설정 소스에 대해 설명합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para)
msgid "Configuration Source"
msgstr "설정 소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:197(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:418(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:612(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:462(entry)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para)
msgid "Description"
msgstr "설명"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(para)
msgid "Mandatory"
msgstr "필수"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:149(para)
msgid "The permissions on this configuration source are set to read only. Users cannot overwrite the values in this source, so the preferences in the source are mandatory."
msgstr "이 설정 소스에 대한 접근 권한은 읽기 전용으로 설정됩니다. 사용자들은 이 설정 소스의 값을 변경할 수 없으므로, 이 설정 소스 내의 설정들은 필수적입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:156(para)
msgid "User"
msgstr "사용자"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:159(para)
msgid "This configuration source is stored in the <filename>.gconf</filename> directory in the home directory of the user. When the user sets a preference, the new preference information is added to this location."
msgstr "이 설정 소스는 사용자의 홈 디렉토리에 있는 <filename>.gconf</filename> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다. 사용자가 설정을 변경하면, 새로운 설정 정보가 이 위치에 더해집니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(para)
msgid "You can use the <application>Configuration Editor</application> to modify the user configuration source."
msgstr "<application>설정 편집기</application>를 이용하여 사용자 설정 소스를 수정할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(para)
msgid "Default"
msgstr "기본값"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para)
msgid "This configuration source contains the default preference settings."
msgstr "이 설정 소스는 기본값 설정들을 포함합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:178(para)
msgid "The sequence of the configuration sources in the path file ensures that mandatory preference settings override user preference settings. The sequence also ensures that user preference settings override default preference settings. That is, <application>GConf</application> applies preferences in the following order of priority:"
msgstr "경로 파일 내의 설정 소스의 순서는 필수 설정값이 사용자 설정보다 우선하도록 보장합니다. 또한 사용자 설정이 기본값 설정보다 우선적으로 적용되도록 보장합니다. 이것은 <application>GConf</application>가 다음과 같은 우선 순위를 가지고 설정을 적용하는 것을 의미합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:185(para)
msgid "Mandatory preferences"
msgstr "필수 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:188(para)
msgid "User-specified preferences"
msgstr "사용자 지정 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:191(para)
msgid "Default preferences"
msgstr "기본값 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:194(para)
msgid "The <systemitem>include</systemitem> instructions in the <application>GConf</application> path file enable system administrators to specify other configuration sources."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 경로 파일 내의 <systemitem>include</systemitem> 명령은 시스템 관리자가 다른 설정 소스를 지정할 수 있도록 해 줍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para)
msgid "Included Configuration Source"
msgstr "포함된 설정 소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(filename)
msgid "/etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path"
msgstr "/etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:218(para)
msgid "Use this configuration source to store mandatory preference values for a particular system."
msgstr "이 설정 소스는 특정 시스템을 위한 필수 설정값을 저장하는 데 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(filename)
msgid "$(HOME)/.gconf.path"
msgstr "$(HOME)/.gconf.path"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para)
msgid "The user specifies the location of the configuration source in the home directory, in a file that is called <filename>.gconf.path</filename>."
msgstr "사용자의 홈 디렉토리 내의 <filename>.gconf.path</filename> 파일 내에 설정 소스의 위치를 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:236(filename)
msgid "/etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path"
msgstr "/etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(para)
msgid "Use this configuration source to store default preference values for a particular system."
msgstr "이 설정 소스는 특정 시스템을 위한 기본 설정값을 저장하는 데 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:249(title)
msgid "GConf Schemas"
msgstr "GConf 스키마"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:263(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:271(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1003(primary)
msgid "schemas"
msgstr "스키마"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:256(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(secondary)
msgid "schema keys"
msgstr "스키마 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:260(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:272(secondary)
msgid "schema objects"
msgstr "스키마 객체"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:264(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:602(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:704(replaceable)
msgid "description"
msgstr "설명"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(para)
msgid "A <firstterm>GConf schema</firstterm> is a collective term for a <firstterm>GConf schema key</firstterm> and a <firstterm>GConf schema object</firstterm>. The following table describes schema keys and schema objects and the relationship of these items to preference keys:"
msgstr "<firstterm>GConf 스키마</firstterm>는 <firstterm>GConf 스키마 키</firstterm>와 <firstterm>GConf 스키마 객체</firstterm>를 합쳐서 부르는 말입니다. 아래의 표는 스키마 키 및 스키마 객체와 함께 이러한 항목들과 설정 키와의 관계를 설명합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para)
msgid "Item"
msgstr "항목"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:295(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:355(para)
msgid "Preference key"
msgstr "설정 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(para)
msgid "An element in the <application>GConf</application> repository that corresponds to an application preference."
msgstr "프로그램의 설정 항목에 대응하는 <application>GConf</application> 저장소 내의 요소."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:303(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:365(para)
msgid "Schema key"
msgstr "스키마 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:306(para)
msgid "A key that stores a schema object for a preference key."
msgstr "설정 키에 대한 스키마 객체를 저장하는 키."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:311(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:375(para)
msgid "Schema object"
msgstr "스키마 객체"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:314(para)
msgid "An element in a configuration source that contains information for a preference key, such as the following:"
msgstr "설정 키에 대한 정보를 포함하는 설정 소스 내의 요소. 다음과 같은 정보로 구성됩니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:318(para)
msgid "The name of the application that uses the preference key."
msgstr "설정 키를 이용하는 프로그램의 이름."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:321(para)
msgid "The type of value required for the preference key, for example integer, boolean, and so on."
msgstr "설정 키의 값 형식. 예를 들면 정수, 참/거짓 등."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:325(para)
msgid "A default value for the preference key."
msgstr "설정 키에 대한 기본 값."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(para)
msgid "Brief documentation on the preference key."
msgstr "설정 키에 대한 간단한 설명."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(para)
msgid "The following table gives examples of a preference key, a schema key, and a schema object:"
msgstr "아래의 표는 설정 키, 스키마 키, 스키마 객체에 대한 예제입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:348(para)
msgid "Example"
msgstr "예"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:359(systemitem)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1214(para)
msgid "/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"
msgstr "/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:369(systemitem)
msgid "/schemas/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"
msgstr "/schemas/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:394(para)
msgid "You can associate a schema key with a preference key. For example, the following <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> key includes a schema key:"
msgstr "스키마 키를 설정 키와 연관지을 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> 키는 다음과 같은 스키마 키를 포함합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para)
msgid "When you associate a schema key with a preference key, the preference uses the suggested value that is specified in the schema object of the schema key. The suggested value is contained in the <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> element in the schema object. By default, all the preference keys in the default configuration source are associated with schema keys."
msgstr "스키마 키를 설정 키와 연관시킬 때, 설정값은 스키마 키의 스키마 객체에 지정하는 추천 값을 사용합니다. 이 값은 스키마 객체 내의 <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> 엘리먼트에 포함되어 있습니다. 기본적으로 기본 설정 소스 내의 모든 설정 키들은 스키마 키와 연관되어 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:404(para)
msgid "Typically, schemas are stored in the default configuration source."
msgstr "일반적으로 스키마들은 기본값 설정 소스 내에 저장됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:407(title)
msgid "GConf Schema Definition Files"
msgstr "GConf 스키마 정의 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:410(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:415(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:999(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1004(secondary)
msgid "schema definition files"
msgstr "스키마 정의 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:418(para)
msgid "Schemas are generated from <firstterm>schema definition files</firstterm>. A schema definition file defines the characteristics of all of the keys in a particular application. Schema definition files have a <filename>.schemas</filename> extension."
msgstr "스키마는 <firstterm>스키마 정의 파일</firstterm>에서 생성됩니다. 스키마 정의 파일은 특정 프로그램 내의 모든 키에 대한 특성을 정의합니다. 스키마 정의 파일의 확장자는 <filename>.schemas</filename> 입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:422(para)
msgid "The schema definition files are included in the <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> directory. You can use the schema definition files to create a new configuration source."
msgstr "스키마 정의 파일은 <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> 디렉토리 내에 포함됩니다. 스키마 정의 파일을 이용하여 새로운 설정 소스를 만들 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:424(para)
msgid "Some schema definition files correspond closely to a part of the GNOME Desktop user interface. For example, <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> corresponds to the <application>Network Proxy</application> preference tool. Other schema definition files contain preference keys that are not present in the GNOME Desktop user interface. For example, the <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tooltips_enabled</systemitem> key is not present in the user interface."
msgstr "어떤 정의 파일들은 그놈 데스크탑 사용자 인터페이스와 밀접하게 관련되어 있습니다. 예를 들어, <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> 파일은 <application>네트워크 프록시</application> 프로그램과 관련이 있습니다. 다른 스키마 정의 파일들은 그놈 데스크탑 사용자 인터페이스에 포함되지 않은 설정 키들을 포함하고 있습니다. 예를 들면 <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tootips_enabled</systemitem> 키는 사용자 인터페이스에는 나타나지 않습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para)
msgid "Some parts of the GNOME Desktop user interface contain preferences that represent preference keys from more than one schema definition file. For example, the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool contains preferences that represent keys from the <filename>panel-global-config.schemas</filename> and <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> files."
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑 사용자 인터페이스 중 일부는 하나 이상의 스키마 정의 파일에 포함된 설정 키들을 나타내는 설정을 포함하고 있습니다. 예를 들어, <application>키보드 단축키</application> 설정 도구는 <filename>panel-global-config.schemas</filename> 파일과 <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> 파일에 나타난 설정 키에 해당하는 설정을 포함합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:437(title)
msgid "GConf Daemon"
msgstr "GConf 데몬"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(primary)
msgid "gconfd"
msgstr "gconfd"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:440(see)
msgid "GConf daemon"
msgstr "GConf 데몬"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:444(secondary)
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "데몬"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:446(para)
msgid "The <application>GConf</application> daemon is called <command>gconfd-2</command>. The <application>GConf</application> daemon notifies applications when a preference value changes. For example, you might select to show only icons in toolbars in the <application>Menus &amp; Toolbars</application> preference tool. When you select this option in the preference tool, the toolbars on all open applications are updated instantly. The <application>GConf</application> daemon can operate locally, or across a network."
msgstr " <application>GConf</application> 데몬은 <command>gconfd-2</command>입니다. <application>GConf</application> 데몬은 설정값이 변경된 경우 이를 프로그램에게 알립니다. 예를 들어 <application>메뉴와 도구 모음</application> 설정 도구에서 도구 모음이 아이콘 만을 표시하도록 변경할 수 있습니다. 설정 도구에서 이 옵션을 선택하면, 실행 중인 모든 프로그램들의 도구 모음이 즉시 업데이트될 것입니다. <application>GConf</application> 데몬은 로컬이나 네트워크 상에서 동작할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(para)
msgid "An instance of the <application>GConf</application> daemon is started for each user. The <application>GConf</application> daemon does not have to deal with complex problems such as authentication and data security. When the <application>GConf</application> daemon starts, the daemon loads the <application>GConf</application> path file. The <application>GConf</application> daemon manages all access between applications and the configuration sources."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 데몬은 각 사용자에 대해 별도로 실행됩니다. <application>GConf</application> 데몬은 인증이나 데이터 보안과 같은 복잡한 문제를 처리해서는 안 됩니다. <application>GConf</application> 데몬이 시작되면 <application>GConf</application> 경로 파일을 읽습니다. <application>GConf</application> 데몬은 프로그램과 설정 소스 간의 모든 접근을 관리합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(para)
msgid "When an application requests the value of a preference key, the daemon searches the configuration sources as follows:"
msgstr "프로그램에서 특정 설정 키에 대한 값을 요청하면, 데몬은 다음과 같이 설정 소스를 찾습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(para)
msgid "Search for the value of the preference key in each configuration source, in the order specified in the path file. If the value is found, return the value."
msgstr "경로 파일에 지정된 순서에 따라 각 설정 소스 내에서 설정 키의 값을 찾습니다. 만약 값을 찾으면 이를 반환합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:465(para)
msgid "If a value is not found, search for the schema key that corresponds to the preference key in each configuration source, in the order specified in the path file."
msgstr "값을 찾지 못했다면, 경로 파일에 지정된 순서에 따라 각 설정 소스 내의 설정 키와 연관된 스키마 키를 찾습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:470(para)
msgid "If the schema key is found, check the value of the schema key."
msgstr "스키마 키를 찾았다면 해당 키에 대한 값을 점검합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(para)
msgid "If the value of the schema key is a schema object, return the suggested value in the <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> element of the schema object."
msgstr "만약 스키마 키의 값이 스키마 객체라면, 해당 객체의 <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> 엘리먼트 내의 추천 값을 반환합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:479(para)
msgid "The <application>GConf</application> daemon also caches preference key values. All applications use this cache, so applications only need to access the configuration sources once."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 데몬은 설정 키의 값을 캐시에 저장합니다. 모든 프로그램은 이 캐시를 이용하기 때문에, 특정 설정 소스에는 단 한 번만 접근하게 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:482(para)
msgid "To terminate the <application>GConf</application> daemon, run the following command:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 데몬을 종료시키려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:484(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "gconftool-2 --shutdown"
msgstr "gconftool-2 --shutdown"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(title)
msgid "GConf Command Line Tool"
msgstr "GConf 명령행 도구"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:490(primary)
msgid "gconftool-2"
msgstr "gconftool-2"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:491(see)
msgid "GConf command line tool"
msgstr "GConf 명령행 도구"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(secondary)
msgid "command line tool"
msgstr "명령행 도구"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:497(para)
msgid "<application>GConf</application> includes a command line tool, <command>gconftool-2</command>. You can use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to perform the following tasks:"
msgstr "<application>GConf</application>는 <command>gconftool-2</command>라는 명령행 도구를 포함합니다. <command>gconftool-2</command> 명령을 이용하여 다음과 같은 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(para)
msgid "Set the values of keys."
msgstr "키의 값을 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:504(para)
msgid "Display the values of keys."
msgstr "키의 값을 표시합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(para)
msgid "Install schemas from schema definition files when you install an application."
msgstr "프로그램을 설치했을 때 스키마 정의 파일에서 스키마를 설치합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:511(para)
msgid "For example, use the following command to display the values of all keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome</systemitem> directory and subdirectories."
msgstr "예를 들어 다음 명령을 이용하여 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome</systemitem> 디렉토리와 그 하위 디렉토리 내의 모든 키들의 값을 표시할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:513(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "gconftool-2 --recursive-list /desktop/gnome"
msgstr "gconftool-2 --recursive-list /desktop/gnome"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:514(para)
msgid "Below are listed some of the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command. For detailed command line options, please see <ulink url=\"man:gconftool-2(1)\">man:gconftool-2(1)</ulink>."
msgstr "다음은 <command>gconftool-2</command> 명령과 함께 사용할 수 있는 몇몇 옵션들의 목록입니다. 명령행 옵션에 대한 자세한 설명은 <ulink url=\"man:gconftool-2(1)\">man:gconftool-2(1)</ulink> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(title)
msgid "gconftool-2 Command Options"
msgstr "gconftool-2 명령 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(option)
msgid "--all-dirs"
msgstr "--all-dirs"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:524(para)
msgid "Lists all subdirectories in a directory that you specify."
msgstr "지정한 디렉토리 내의 모든 하위 디렉토리 모록을 표시합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:530(option)
msgid "--all-entries"
msgstr "--all-entries"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(para)
msgid "Displays the values of all keys in a directory that you specify."
msgstr "지정한 디렉토리 내의 모든 키들의 값을 표시합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:800(replaceable)
msgid "configuration-source"
msgstr "설정 소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(option)
msgid "--config-source=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--config-source=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(para)
msgid "Use this option with the <option>--direct</option> option to specify a configuration source to use. If you do not specify a configuration source with this option, the command runs on all configuration sources in the path file."
msgstr "이 옵션은 <option>--direct</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 사용자 설정 소스를 지정합니다. 만약 설정 소스를 지정하지 않았다면, 해당 명령은 경로 파일 내의 모든 설정 소스에 적용될 것입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:550(option)
msgid "--direct"
msgstr "--direct"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:553(para)
msgid "Use this option with the <option>--config-source</option> option to access a configuration source directly. When you use this option, <application>GConf</application> bypasses the server. Ensure that the <application>GConf</application> daemon, <command>gconfd-2</command>, is not running before you use this option."
msgstr "이 옵션은 <option>--config-source</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 설정 소스에 직접 접근합니다. 이 옵션을 이용하면, <application>GConf</application>는 서버를 건너 뛸 것입니다. 이 옵션을 사용하기 전에 <application>GConf</application> 데몬인 <command>gconfd-2</command>가 실행되지 않도록 해 주십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(option)
msgid "--dump"
msgstr "--dump"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:563(para)
msgid "Generates a list that contains all preference keys in a <application>GConf</application> repository directory that you specify. The list contains XML descriptions of all the keys. The list is contained in a <sgmltag>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</sgmltag> element."
msgstr "지정한 <application>GConf</application> 저장소 디렉토리 내의 모든 설정 키의 목록을 만듭니다. 이 목록은 모든 키들의 XML 설명을 포함합니다. 목록은 <sgmltag>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</sgmltag> 엘리먼트 내에 포함되어 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:567(para)
msgid "For example, you can redirect the output from this option to generate a file that lists all keys that are related to your panel configuration. You can use the <option>--load</option> option with this file."
msgstr "예를 들어 이 옵션의 출력을 재지정(redirect)하면 여러분의 패널 설정에 관련된 모든 키들의 목록을 포함하는 파일을 생성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 생성된 파일은 <option>--load</option> 옵션과 함께 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:574(option)
msgid "--get"
msgstr "--get"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:577(para)
msgid "Displays the value of a preference key that you specify. Also displays the values of the elements in the schema object for a schema key that you specify."
msgstr "지정한 설정 키의 값을 표시합니다. 또한 지정한 스키마 키에 대한 스키마 객체 내의 엘리먼트들의 값들도 함께 표시합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:584(option)
msgid "--help"
msgstr "--help"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:587(para)
msgid "Displays a help message about the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, and the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command."
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령과 이와 함께 사용할 수 있는 옵션에 대한 도움말을 보여줍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:592(replaceable)
msgid "filename"
msgstr "파일 이름"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:592(option)
msgid "--load=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--load=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:595(para)
msgid "Use this option to sets the values of preference keys in the current directory in a configuration source to the values in the file that you specify. The file that you specify must contain XML descriptions of the keys, in a <literal>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</literal> element."
msgstr "이 옵션을 이용하면 설정 소스 내의 현재 디렉토리에 있는 설정 키에 대한 값을 지정한 파일 내의 값들로 설정합니다. 지정한 파일은 <literal>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트 내의 키에 대한 XML 설명을 반드시 포함해야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:602(option)
msgid "--long-desc=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--long-desc=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:605(para)
msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify a long description for a schema key."
msgstr "이 옵션과 함께 <option>--set-schema</option> 옵션을 이용하여 스키마 키에 대한 긴 설명을 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:611(option)
msgid "--makefile-install-rule"
msgstr "--makefile-install-rule"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:614(para)
msgid "Installs schema definition files to applications."
msgstr "프로그램에 스키마 정의 파일을 설치합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(replaceable)
msgid "owner"
msgstr "소유자"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(option)
msgid "--owner=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--owner=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:622(para)
msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify an owner for a schema key."
msgstr "이 옵션과 함께 <option>--set-schema</option> 옵션을 이용하여 스키마 키의 소유자를 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:628(option)
msgid "--recursive-list"
msgstr "--recursive-list"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:631(para)
msgid "Displays the values of all preference keys in all subdirectories in a directory that you specify."
msgstr "지정한 디렉토리 내의 모든 하위 디렉토리에 존재하는 모든 설정 키들의 값을 표시합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:637(option)
msgid "--recursive-unset"
msgstr "--recursive-unset"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:640(para)
msgid "Resets the values of all preference keys, in all subdirectories in a directory, from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
msgstr "사용자 설정 소스와 기본값 설정 소스 내의 지정한 디렉토리에 있는 모든 하위 디렉토리 내의 설정 키들의 값을 초기화 시킵니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:647(option)
msgid "--set"
msgstr "--set"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:650(para)
msgid "Sets the value of a preference key, and writes the value to the user configuration source. Use the <option>--type</option> option with the <option>--set</option> option to specify the data type of the value that you want to set. For example, the following command sets the value of the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> key in the user configuration source:"
msgstr "설정 키의 값을 설정하고 사용자 설정 소스에 값을 기록합니다. <option>--type</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 설정하고 싶은 값의 데이터 형식을 지정합니다. 예를 들어 다음 명령은 사용자 설정 소스 내의 <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> 키의 값을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:656(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"  --set \"/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n"
"  --type string \"#000000\""
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"  --set \"/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n"
"  --type string \"#000000\""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:659(para)
msgid "You can also use the <option>--direct</option> option and the <option>--config-source</option> option with the <option>--set</option> option to write a value to another configuration source."
msgstr "또한 <option>-direct</option> 옵션이나 <option>--config-source</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 설정값을 다른 설정 소스에 기록하도록 할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:666(option)
msgid "--set-schema"
msgstr "--set-schema"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:669(para)
msgid "Sets the value of an attribute in a schema key, and writes the value to the default configuration source."
msgstr "스키마 키 내의 속성의 값을 설정하고, 값을 기본값 설정 소스에 기록합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:671(para)
msgid "Use the following options with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify the attribute that you want to update:"
msgstr "다음 옵션들과 함께 사용하여 변경하고 싶은 속성을 지정할 수 있습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(option)
msgid "--type"
msgstr "--type"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(option)
msgid "--short-desc"
msgstr "--short-desc"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:686(option)
msgid "--long-desc"
msgstr "--long-desc"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:691(option)
msgid "--owner"
msgstr "--owner"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:695(para)
msgid "For example, the following command sets the short description in the schema key for the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> key:"
msgstr "예를 들어 다음 명령은 <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> 키에 대한 스키마 키의 짧은 설명을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:697(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"  --set-schema  \"/schemas/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n"
"  --short-desc \"Default  background color of terminal\""
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"  --set-schema  \"/schemas/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n"
"  --short-desc \"터미널의 기본 배경 색상\""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:704(option)
msgid "--short-desc=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--short-desc=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:707(para)
msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify a short description for a schema key."
msgstr "이 옵션은 <option>--set-schema</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 스키마 키에 대한 짧은 설명을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:713(option)
msgid "--shutdown"
msgstr "--shutdown"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:716(para)
msgid "Terminates the <application>GConf</application> daemon."
msgstr "<application>GConf</application> 데몬을 종료합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:721(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:801(replaceable)
msgid "data-type"
msgstr "데이터 형식"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:721(option)
msgid "--type=<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "--type=<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:724(para)
msgid "Use this option to specify the data type when you set a value of a preference key. You can also use this option when you set the value of an attribute in a schema key. The following is a list of valid data types:"
msgstr "이 옵션을 사용하여 설정 키의 값에 대한 데이터 형식을 지정합니다. 또한 스키마 키 내의 속성 값을 설정할 때도 이 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다. 아래는 올바른 데이터 형식의 목록입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:730(type)
msgid "bool"
msgstr "bool"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:735(type)
msgid "float"
msgstr "float"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:740(type)
msgid "int"
msgstr "int"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(type)
msgid "list"
msgstr "list"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(type)
msgid "pair"
msgstr "pair"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(type)
msgid "string"
msgstr "string"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:763(option)
msgid "--unset"
msgstr "--unset"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:766(para)
msgid "Resets the value of a preference key from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
msgstr "사용자 설정 소스와 기본값 설정 소스 내의 설정 키의 값을 초기화 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:772(option)
msgid "--usage"
msgstr "--usage"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:775(para)
msgid "Displays a brief help message about the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, and the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command."
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령과 이와 함께 사용할 수 있는 옵션에 대한 간략한 도움말을 보여줍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:783(title)
msgid "To Set Preference Values"
msgstr "설정값을 변경하는 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(secondary)
msgid "preference values, setting"
msgstr "설정값, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:789(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1306(primary)
msgid "preference values"
msgstr "설정값"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:790(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:835(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:866(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1191(secondary)
msgid "setting with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:793(para)
msgid "You can set a mandatory value or a default value for a preference key. Before you change mandatory preference values or default preference values for users, you must ensure that the <application>GConf</application> daemon is not running for any user. Ensure that all users are logged out before you change preference values for users."
msgstr "여러분은 설정 키에 대한 필수값이나 기본값을 설정해 둘 수 있습니다. 사용자를 위한 필수 설정값이나 기본 설정값을 바꾸기 전에 어떤 사용자가 <application>GConf</application> 데몬을 이용하고 있지는 않은지 확인해야 합니다. 설정값을 바꾸기 전에 모든 사용자들이 로그아웃하도록 하십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:797(para)
msgid "To set a mandatory value or a default value for a preference key, use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, as follows:"
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령을 사용하여 설정 키에 대한 필수값이나 기본값을 설정하는 방법은 다음과 같습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:802(replaceable)
msgid "preference-key"
msgstr "설정 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:802(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:491(literal)
msgid "value"
msgstr "값"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:799(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n"
"  --type <placeholder-2/> \\\n"
"  --set <placeholder-3/> <placeholder-4/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n"
"  --type <placeholder-2/> \\\n"
"  --set <placeholder-3/> <placeholder-4/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:803(para)
msgid "For example, to set <literal>wwwproxy.xyz.com</literal> as the mandatory HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
msgstr "예를 들어 <literal>wwwproxy.xyz.com</literal>을 필수 HTTP 프록시 호스트로 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:805(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host wwwproxy.xyz.com"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host wwwproxy.xyz.com"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:809(para)
msgid "The user cannot override this preference value."
msgstr "사용자는 이 설정값을 변경할 수 없습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:810(para)
msgid "You can also use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to set default values. For example, to set the default number of workspaces to five, run the following command:"
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령을 이용하여 기본값을 설정할 수도 있습니다. 예를 들어 작업 공간의 기본 개수를 5로 설정하고 싶다면, 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:813(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces 5"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces 5"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:817(para)
msgid "The user can override this preference value."
msgstr "사용자는 이 설정값을 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:819(para)
msgid "Before you change mandatory preference values or default preference values for users, you must ensure that all users are logged out."
msgstr "사용자에 대한 필수 설정값이나 기본 설정값을 바꾸기 전에, 반드시 모든 사용자들이 로그아웃 하였는 지 확인하십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:824(title)
msgid "Setting General Preferences"
msgstr "일반 환경 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(para)
msgid "The following sections describe how to assign mandatory or default values to general preferences."
msgstr "이 부분에서는 일반적인 설정에 대한 필수값이나 기본값을 할당하는 방법을 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:828(title)
msgid "To Set HTTP Proxy Preferences"
msgstr "HTTP 프록시 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:831(secondary)
msgid "HTTP proxy, setting"
msgstr "HTTP 프록시, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:834(primary)
msgid "HTTP proxy"
msgstr "HTTP 프록시"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:838(para)
msgid "To set HTTP proxy preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/system/http_proxy/</systemitem> location. For example, to set a mandatory value for the HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
msgstr "HTTP 프록시 설정을 변경하려면 <systemitem>/system/http_proxy/</systemitem> 위치 내의 설정 키의 값을 수정해야 합니다. 예를 들어 HTTP 프록시 호스트의 필수값을 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:845(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:850(replaceable)
msgid "proxy-name"
msgstr "프록시 이름"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:842(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:846(para)
msgid "To set a default value for the HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
msgstr "HTTP 프록시의 기본값을 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:851(para)
msgid "You can also set other HTTP proxy-related preferences. For information on the other HTTP proxy preferences, see the <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "HTTP 프록시에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 HTTP 프록시 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:855(title)
msgid "To Set Print Manager Preferences"
msgstr "인쇄 관리자 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:856(para)
msgid "To set print manager preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-print-manager</systemitem> location. For example, if you do not want users to view the print jobs of other users, set a mandatory value as follows:"
msgstr "인쇄 관리자의 설정을 변경하려면, <systemitem>/apps/gnome-print-manager</systemitem> 위치 내의 설정 키의 값을 수정해야 합니다. 예를 들어 사용자들이 다른 사용자의 인쇄 작업을 보지 못하도록 하려면 다음과 같이 필수값을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:862(secondary)
msgid "print manager, setting"
msgstr "인쇄 관리자, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:865(primary)
msgid "print manager"
msgstr "인쇄 관리자"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:869(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:873(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:925(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1263(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1289(para)
msgid "To set a default value for this preference, run the following command:"
msgstr "이 설정의 기본값을 변경하려면, 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:874(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:878(para)
msgid "You can also set other print manager preferences. For information on the other print manager preferences, see the <filename>gnome-print-manager.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "인쇄 관리자와 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 인쇄 관리자 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>gnome-print-manager.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:883(title)
msgid "To Set the Number of Workspaces"
msgstr "작업 공간 갯수 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:886(secondary)
msgid "number of workspaces, setting"
msgstr "작업 공간 갯수, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:889(primary)
msgid "workspaces"
msgstr "작업 공간"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:890(secondary)
msgid "setting number with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 숫자 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:892(para)
msgid "To set a mandatory number of workspaces, use the following command:"
msgstr "작업 공간의 갯수의 필수값을 변경하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:897(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:902(replaceable)
msgid "integer"
msgstr "정수"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:894(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:898(para)
msgid "To set a default number of workspaces, use the following command:"
msgstr "작업 공간 갯수의 기본값을 변경하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:899(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type int \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:903(para)
msgid "You can also set other window manager preferences. For information on the other window manager preferences, see the <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "창 관리자에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 창 관리자 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:908(title)
msgid "To Set Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"
msgstr "키보드 접근성 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:911(secondary)
msgid "keyboard accessibility, setting"
msgstr "키보드 접근성, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:914(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:940(primary)
msgid "keyboard"
msgstr "키보드"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:915(secondary)
msgid "setting accessibility preferences with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 접근성 기능 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:917(para)
msgid "To set keyboard accessibility preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard</systemitem> location. For example, if you want to set a mandatory value so that keyboard accessibility features are enabled, run the following command:"
msgstr "키보드 접근성 설정을 변경하려면 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard</systemitem> 위치에 있는 설정 키의 값을 수정해야 합니다. 예를 들어 키보드 접근성 기능을 사용하도록 필수값을 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:921(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable true"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable true"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:926(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable false"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable false"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:930(para)
msgid "You can also set other keyboard accessibility preferences. For information on the other keyboard accessibility preferences, see the <filename>desktop_gnome_accessibility_keyboard.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "키보드 접근성 기능에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 키보드 접근성 기능 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>desktop_gnome_accessibility_keyboard.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:934(title)
msgid "To Set Keyboard Shortcut Preferences"
msgstr "키보드 단축키 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:937(secondary)
msgid "keyboard shortcuts, setting"
msgstr "키보드 단축키, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:941(secondary)
msgid "setting shortcut preferences with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 단축키 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:943(para)
msgid "To set keyboard shortcut preferences, you modify the values of preference keys in <systemitem>/apps/metacity/global_keybindings</systemitem> location. For example, you might want users to use only the <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. To set this mandatory value, run the following command:"
msgstr "키보드 단축 설정을 변경하려면, <systemitem>/apps/metacity/global_keybindings</systemitem> 위치 내의 설정 키의 값을 수정해야 합니다. 예를 들어 사용자들이 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> 단축키로만 <guilabel>프로그램 실행</guilabel> 대화 상자를 열게 하려면 다음 명령을 실행하여 이에 대한 필수값을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:948(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/global_keybindings/panel_run_dialog '&lt;Alt&gt;F3'"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /apps/metacity/global_keybindings/panel_run_dialog '&lt;Alt&gt;F3'"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:952(para)
msgid "You can also set other keyboard shortcut preferences. For information on the other keyboard shortcut preferences, see the <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "키보드 단축키에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 키보드 단축키 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:956(title)
msgid "Setting Panel and Panel Object Preferences"
msgstr "패널 및 패널 객체 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:959(secondary)
msgid "panel object preferences, setting"
msgstr "패널 객체, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:963(secondary)
msgid "panel preferences, setting individual"
msgstr "패널 기본 설정, 개별 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:967(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(primary)
msgid "panels"
msgstr "패널"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:968(secondary)
msgid "preferences, individual, setting with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 개별 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:970(para)
msgid "The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file specifies the following details of the panels in the GNOME Desktop:"
msgstr "<filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일은 그놈 데스크탑 내의 패널에 대한 다음과 같은 정보를 지정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:974(para)
msgid "Number of panels."
msgstr "패널의 갯수."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:977(para)
msgid "Types of the panels."
msgstr "패널의 형식."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:980(para)
msgid "Properties of the panels."
msgstr "패널의 속성."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:983(para)
msgid "Contents of the panels."
msgstr "패널의 내용."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:986(para)
msgid "The configuration of individual panels and of panel objects is a complex task. To configure individual panels and panel objects, you must first understand the structure of the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file. For more information on the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file, see the next section."
msgstr "각각의 패널과 패널 객체들을 설정하는 것을 복잡한 작업입니다. 개별적인 패널과 패널 객체들을 설정하려면, 먼저 <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일의 구조를 이해해야 합니다. <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일에 대한 자세한 정보는 다음 절을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:991(para)
msgid "To set preferences for individual panels and panel objects, you must set the values of many preferences in a configuration source. The easiest way to set the values of panel preferences is to use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command with the <option>--dump</option> and <option>--load</option> options. For more information on how to set preferences for panels and objects on panels, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-3\"/>."
msgstr "개별적인 패널과 패널 객체를 설정하려면, 많은 설정 소스 내의 많은 설정 값들을 변경해야 합니다. 패널 설정 값을 변경하기 위한 가장 손쉬운 방법은 <command>gconftool-2</command> 명령을 <option>--dump</option> 옵션 및 <option>--load</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하는 것입니다. 패널 및 패널 상의 객체들에 대한 설정을 변경하는 자세한 방법은 <xref linkend=\"gconf-3\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:996(title)
msgid "Specifying Individual Panels and Panel Objects"
msgstr "개별 패널 및 패널 객체 지정하는 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1000(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1005(tertiary)
msgid "panel and panel object"
msgstr "패널과 패널 객체"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1007(para)
msgid "The file <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> contains sections that specify panels and panel contents. The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file specifies values for schema keys. The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file resides in the <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> directory."
msgstr "<filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일은 패널과 패널 객체들을 지정하는 부분을 포함하고 있습니다. <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일은 스키마 키에 대한 값을 지정합니다. <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일은 <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> 디렉토리에 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1009(para)
msgid "The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file is structured as follows:"
msgstr "<filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일은 다음과 같은 구조로 이루어져 있습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1013(para)
msgid "Keys that specify the general structure of panels, applets, and other panel objects in the GNOME Desktop. The following keys specify the number of panels, panel objects, and applets that appear in the GNOME Desktop:"
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑 내의 패널, 애플릿 및 다른 패널 객체들에 대한 일반적인 구조를 나타내는 키. 다음의 키들은 그놈 데스크탑 내에 나타나는 패널, 패널 객체, 애플릿 등의 갯수를 지정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1019(systemitem)
msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/toplevel_id_list"
msgstr "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/toplevel_id_list"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1024(systemitem)
msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/object_id_list"
msgstr "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/object_id_list"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1029(systemitem)
msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/applet_id_list"
msgstr "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/applet_id_list"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1033(para)
msgid "The keys also assign identifiers to each panel, panel object, and applet. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies that one panel appears in the GNOME Desktop:"
msgstr "각각의 키들은 또한 각각의 패널, 패널 객체, 애플릿에 대한 ID를 할당합니다. 예를 들어 다음 예제는 <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일에 있는 것으로, 그놈 데스크탑 내에 있는 한 패널을 나타냅니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1046(para)
msgid "In the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file, the identifier <systemitem>bottom_panel</systemitem> identifies the bottom edge panel."
msgstr "<filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일 내의 <systemitem>bottom_panel</systemitem> ID는 아래쪽 가장자리에 있는 패널을 지칭합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1049(para)
msgid "Keys that specify the properties of the panels. The panel property keys are structured as follows:"
msgstr "패널의 속성을 나타내는 키. 패널 속성 키들은 다음과 같은 구조로 이루어져 있습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1051(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/<replaceable>panel-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>panel-property-key</replaceable>"
msgstr "/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/<replaceable>패널-이름</replaceable>/<replaceable>패널-속성-키</replaceable>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1052(para)
msgid "For example, the key <systemitem>/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/bottom_panel/size</systemitem> specifies the size of the bottom panel."
msgstr "예를 들어 <systemitem>/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/bottom_panel/size</systemitem> 키는 아래쪽 패널의 크기를 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1055(para)
msgid "Keys that specify the panel objects, the panel object properties, and the panels in which the objects reside. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> object at the left side of the bottom panel:"
msgstr "패널 객체, 패널 객체의 속성 및 객체들이 존재하는 패널을 나타내는 키. 예를 들어 다음의 예제는 <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일에 있는 것으로, 아래쪽 패널의 왼쪽 편에 있는 <guimenu>주 메뉴</guimenu> 객체를 나타냅니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1084(para)
msgid "Keys that specify the applets, the applet preferences, and the panels in which the applets reside. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies the <application>Window List</application> applet, in the bottom panel:"
msgstr "애플릿, 애플릿 속성 및 애플릿이 존재하는 패널을 나타내는 키. 예를 들어 다음의 예제는 <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> 파일에 있는 것으로, 아래쪽 패널에 있는 <application>창 목록</application> 애플릿을 나타냅니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1118(para)
msgid "The OAFIID is a unique identifier for an applet. To find the OAFIID for a particular applet, see the <filename>.server</filename> file for the applet in the <filename>/usr/lib/bonobo/servers</filename> directory. For example, the following excerpt from <filename>GNOME_Wncklet_Factory.server</filename> shows the OAFIID for the <application>Window List</application> applet:"
msgstr "OAFIID는 애플릿에 대한 고유 ID입니다. 특정 애플릿에 대한 OAFIID를 찾으려면 <filename>/usr/lib/bonobo/servers</filename> 디렉토리 내의 <filename>.server</filename> 파일을 보기 바랍니다. 예를 들어 다음 예제는 <filename>GNOME_Wncklet_Factory.server</filename> 파일에서 가져온 것으로 <application>Window List</application> 애플릿의 OAFIID를 보여줍니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1129(title)
msgid "To Set Preferences for Individual Panels and Panel Objects"
msgstr "개별 패널 및 패널 객체 설정 변경하는 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1130(para)
msgid "To set the preferences for a panel and the objects on a panel perform the following steps:"
msgstr "패널과 패널 상의 객체들을 설정하려면 다음과 같은 절차를 수행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1134(para)
msgid "Log in to a GNOME session, and configure the panels as required."
msgstr "그놈 세션으로 로그인하고, 적절히 패널을 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1137(para)
msgid "Use the <option>--dump</option> option with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool to generate a file that contains an XML description of your panel configuration. The <option>--dump</option> option generates a list that contains all preference keys in a <application>GConf</application> repository directory that you specify."
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령행 도구를 <option>--dump</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 여러분의 패널 설정에 대한 XML 설명을 포함하는 파일을 만듭니다. <option>--dump</option> 옵션은 지정한 <application>GConf</application> 저장소 디렉토리 내의 모든 설정 키에 대한 목록을 만들어 냅니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1140(para)
msgid "For example, the following command creates an XML description of the default panel configuration in a file called <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename>:"
msgstr "예를 들어 다음 명령은 기본 패널 설정에 대한 XML 설명을 포함하는 <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> 파일을 만듭니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1142(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "gconftool-2 --dump /apps/panel &gt; my-panel-setup.entries"
msgstr "gconftool-2 --dump /apps/panel &gt; my-panel-setup.entries"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1145(para)
msgid "Open the <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> file in a text editor, and modify the file as required."
msgstr "텍스트 편집기로 <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> 파일을 열고, 원하는 대로 파일을 수정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1147(para)
msgid "For example, you might want to change the location of the desktop entry files. The following is an excerpt from a file generated with the <option>--dump</option> option:"
msgstr "예를 들어 데스크탑 엔트리 파일의 위치를 바꾸는 경우를 살펴보겠습니다. 다음은 <option>--dump</option> 옵션을 사용해 만들어진 파일의 일부입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1156(para)
msgid "In the sample above, you might want to change the reference to <filename>hadjaha-00adce02f7.desktop</filename> to another desktop entry file that is available globally."
msgstr "위의 예제에서, <filename>hadjaha-00adce02f7.desktop</filename> 파일에 대한 참조를 어디서나 이용가능한 다른 데스크탑 엔트리 파일로 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1158(para)
msgid "When you generate a panel configuration with the <option>--dump</option> option, the positions of the panel objects are absolute positions. You might want to change the positions of panel objects from absolute positions to relative positions. The object at the extreme left of a panel has a <systemitem>position</systemitem> value of <literal>0</literal>. The next object has a <systemitem>position</systemitem> value of <literal>1</literal>, and so on. If you want object positions to be relative to the right side of the panel, set the value of the <systemitem>right_stick</systemitem> key to <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr "<option>--dump</option> 옵션을 사용해 패널 설정을 만들어 냈을 때는, 패널 객체들의 위치는 절대 위치가 됩니다. 이러한 패널 객체들의 위치를 절대 위치에서 상대 위치로 바꾸고 싶을 수도 있습니다. 이 경우 패널의 가장 왼쪽에 있는 객체의 <systemitem>위치</systemitem> 값은 <literal>0</literal>이 되고, 그 다음 객체의 <systemitem>위치</systemitem> 값은 <literal>1</literal>이 되는 식입니다. 만약 객체의 위치가 패널의 오른쪽부터 상대적인 값을 갖게 하려면, <systemitem>right_stick</systemitem> 키의 값을 <literal>true</literal>로 설정하십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1167(para)
msgid "Use the <option>--load</option> option with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool to set the values of the default configuration source to the values in the <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> file. For example, the following command sets the values of the keys in the default configuration source to the values of the corresponding keys in <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename>:"
msgstr "<command>gconftool-2</command> 명령행 도구를 <option>--load</option> 옵션과 함께 사용하여 <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> 파일 내의 값들을 기본값 설정 소스의 값들로 설정합니다. 예를 들어 다음 명령은 기본값 설정 소스 내의 값들로 <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> 내의 해당 키의 값들을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1171(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --load my-panel-setup.entries"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --load my-panel-setup.entries"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1180(title)
msgid "Setting Look-and-Feel Preferences"
msgstr "모양새 설정 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1181(para)
msgid "The following sections describe how to assign mandatory or default values to look-and-feel preferences."
msgstr "이 부분에서는 모양새에 관련된 설정의 필수값과 기본값을 설정하는 방법을 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1184(title)
msgid "To Set Font Preferences"
msgstr "글꼴 설정 변경하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1187(secondary)
msgid "fonts, setting"
msgstr "글꼴, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1190(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:77(primary)
msgid "fonts"
msgstr "글꼴"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1193(para)
msgid "To set font preferences, you modify the values of two preference keys. The following table shows the keys to modify, and the part of the user interface to which the keys correspond:"
msgstr "글꼴 설정을 변경하려면, 다음 두 개의 설정 키의 값을 수정합니다. 아래의 표는 수정해야 할 키들과, 이에 관련된 사용자 인터페이스 부분을 보여줍니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1203(para)
msgid "GConf Location"
msgstr "GConf 위치"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1206(para)
msgid "User Interface Component"
msgstr "사용자 인터페이스 요소"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1217(para)
msgid "<application>Font</application> preference tool, <guilabel>Application font</guilabel> option"
msgstr "<application>글꼴</application> 설정 도구, <guilabel>응용프로그램 글꼴</guilabel> 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1222(para)
msgid "/apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font"
msgstr "/apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1225(para)
msgid "<application>Font</application> preference tool, <guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel> option"
msgstr "<application>글꼴</application> 설정 도구, <guilabel>바탕 화면 글꼴</guilabel> 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1231(para)
msgid "For example, to set <literal>Sans 12</literal> as the mandatory application font, run the following command:"
msgstr "예를 들어 <literal>Sans 12</literal> 글꼴을 필수 응용프로그램 글꼴로 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1233(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/interface/font_name \"Sans 12\""
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/interface/font_name \"Sans 12\""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1237(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>desktop</primary><secondary>font preferences, setting with GConf</secondary></indexterm>To set <literal>palatino 12</literal> as the default desktop object font, run the following command:"
msgstr "<indexterm><primary>바탕 화면</primary><secondary> 글꼴 설정, GConf로 설정하기</secondary></indexterm><literal>palatino 12</literal> 글꼴을 바탕 화면 객체의 기본 글꼴로 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1240(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font \"palatino 12\""
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font \"palatino 12\""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1246(title)
msgid "To Set Background Preferences"
msgstr "바탕 화면 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1249(secondary)
msgid "background, setting"
msgstr "배경, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1252(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:554(primary)
msgid "background"
msgstr "배경, 바탕 화면"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1253(secondary)
msgid "preferences, setting with GConf"
msgstr "설정, GConf로 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1256(para)
msgid "To set preferences for the desktop background, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/background</systemitem> location. For example, to set a mandatory image for the background, run the following command:"
msgstr "바탕 화면 그림의 설정을 변경하려면 <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/background</systemitem> 위치 내의 설정 키의 값들을 수정합니다. 예를 들어 배경 그림의 이미지의 필수값을 설정하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1262(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1267(replaceable)
msgid "filename.png"
msgstr "파일-이름.png"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1259(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1264(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type string \\\n"
"  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1268(para)
msgid "You can also set other background preferences. For information on the other background preferences, see the <filename>desktop_gnome_background.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "바탕 화면에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 바탕 화면 단축키 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>desktop_gnome_background.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1272(title)
msgid "To Set Splash Image Preferences"
msgstr "스플래시 이미지 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1275(secondary)
msgid "splash image, setting"
msgstr "스플래시 이미지, 설정"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1278(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:129(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:544(primary)
msgid "splash screen"
msgstr "스플래시 이미지"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1279(secondary)
msgid "image, setting with GConf"
msgstr "이미지, GConf로 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1282(para)
msgid "To set splash image preferences, you modify the value of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/</systemitem> location. For example, if you do not want users ever to see a splash image, set a mandatory value as follows:"
msgstr "스플래시 이미지 설정을 변경하려면 <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/</systemitem> 위치 내의 설정 키의 값들을 수정합니다. 예를 들어 사용자들에게 스플래시 이미지를 보여주지 않으려면 다음과 같이 필수값을 설정합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1285(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1290(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n"
"  --type bool \\\n"
"  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1294(para)
msgid "You can also set other splash image preferences. For information on the other splash image preferences, see the <filename>gnome-session.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
msgstr "스플래시 이미지에 관련된 다른 설정들도 변경할 수 있습니다. 다른 스플래시 이미지 설정값들에 대한 정보는 <filename>gnome-session.schemas</filename> 스키마 정의 파일을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1299(title)
msgid "To Restore Default Preference Values"
msgstr "기본 설정값으로 복원하는 방법"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1302(secondary)
msgid "restoring default preference values"
msgstr "기본 설정값으로 복구하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1307(secondary)
msgid "restoring to default with GConf"
msgstr "GConf로 기본값 복구하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1309(para)
msgid "To restore the default preference values for a user, run the following command:"
msgstr "특정 사용자에 대한 기본 설정값을 복구하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1312(replaceable)
msgid "user-configuration-source"
msgstr "사용자-설정-소스"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1311(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n"
"  --recursive-unset"
msgstr ""
"gconftool-2 --direct \\\n"
"  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n"
"  --recursive-unset"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1314(para)
msgid "Replace <replaceable>user-configuration-source</replaceable> with the configuration source in the <filename>.gconf</filename> directory in the home directory of the user."
msgstr "<replaceable>사용자-설정-소스</replaceable> 부분을 사용자의 홈 디렉토리 내의 <filename>.gconf</filename> 디렉토리에 있는 설정 소스로 대체하십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1317(para)
msgid "This command resets the values of all preference keys, in all subdirectories, from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
msgstr "이 명령은 사용자 설정 소스와 기본값 설정 소스 내의 모든 하위 디렉토리에 있는 모든 설정 키들의 값을 초기화합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title)
msgid "Customizing Menus"
msgstr "메뉴 설정하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para)
msgid "The information in this chapter describes how the GNOME Desktop implements menus and how you can customize menus."
msgstr "이 부분에서는 그놈 데스크탑에서 메뉴를 구현하는 방법과 이를 적절히 설정하는 방법에 대해 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(title)
msgid "Introduction to Menus"
msgstr "개요"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:660(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:740(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:781(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:816(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:842(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:910(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:953(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1034(primary)
msgid "menus"
msgstr "메뉴"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(para)
msgid "The GNOME Desktop implements menus according to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>. By supporting this specification, GNOME allows you to:"
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑은 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG 메뉴 명세서</ulink>에 따라 메뉴를 구현합니다. 이 명세서에 따라 그놈 데스크탑은 다음과 같은 기능을 제공합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para)
msgid "Customize the menu hierarchy easily. You can edit a small number of files to customize the menu hierarchy. You do not need to modify your applications or move files."
msgstr "메뉴의 구조를 쉽게 조정할 수 있습니다. 메뉴의 계층 구조를 조정하기 위해서는 소수의 파일 만을 편집하면 되며, 프로그램이나 파일을 직접 수정하거나 이동할 필요가 없습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para)
msgid "Install applications easily. You do not need to provide information about the menu hierarchy to applications when you install the applications."
msgstr "프로그램을 쉽게 설치할 수 있습니다. 프로그램을 설치할 때 메뉴의 구조에 대한 정보를 제공할 필요가 없습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para)
msgid "Configure menus so that users cannot modify the menus."
msgstr "메뉴를 사용자들이 수정하지 못하도록 설정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(para)
msgid "Menus in the GNOME Desktop use the following components:"
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑 내의 메뉴들은 다음과 같은 요소들을 사용합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(glossterm)
msgid "Menu definition files"
msgstr "메뉴 정의 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para)
msgid "Desktop entry files"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para)
msgid "Directory entry files"
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(title)
msgid "Menu Definition Files"
msgstr "메뉴 정의 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(see)
msgid "menu definition files"
msgstr "메뉴 정의 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(primary)
msgid ".menu files"
msgstr ".menu 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para)
msgid "Menu files define the hierarchy of menus that are used in the GNOME menu bar. By modifying these files, you can customize menus for all users, or for a single user depending on the location of the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file that you modify."
msgstr "메뉴 파일은 그놈 메뉴 모음에서 사용되는 메뉴들의 계층 구조를 정의합니다. 이 파일을 수정하여 모든 사용자에게 적용되는 메뉴를 조정하거나, 지정한 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일의 위치에 따라 특정 사용자에게 적용되는 메뉴를 조정할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para)
msgid "$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS is the environment variable defined in the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>."
msgstr "$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS는 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG 기본 디렉토리 명세서</ulink>에 정의된 환경 변수입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(para)
msgid "Menu files must reside at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar><placeholder-1/> is not set, then the default path <filename>/etc/xdg</filename> is used. This also implies that a user specific version may be located at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.config</filename> is used. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>applications.menu</filename> files. The first file found is used and subsequent files are ignored."
msgstr "메뉴 파일은 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename> 파일입니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar><placeholder-1/> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않다면, 기본 경로인 <filename>/etc/xdg</filename>가 사용됩니다. 이것은 사용자가 수정한 버전의 파일은 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename>에 존재할 수 있으며, 이 경우 해당 파일이 먼저 사용된다는 것을 의미합니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않으면, 기본 경로인 <filename>~/.config</filename>가 사용됩니다. 여러 개의 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일이 존재하는 경우에는 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> 변수 내에서 먼저 나오는 디렉토리가 우선 순위를 가집니다. 이 경우 첫 번째로 찾은 파일이 사용되며 나머지는 무시됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para)
msgid "If you are confused about the order in which paths are searched, here is a simple list for resolving the location of <filename>applications.menu</filename>:"
msgstr "어떤 순서로 경로를 검색하는지 혼동스러운 사람들을 위해, 아래에서 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일의 위치를 찾기 위한 경로의 목록을 설명합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(para)
msgid "Search each directory in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> in order to find <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, it defaults to the <filename>~/.config/</filename> directory."
msgstr "<envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> 변수 내의 각 디렉토리를 순서대로 검색하여 <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename> 파일을 찾습니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> 변수가 설정되지 않았다면, 기본 값인  <filename>~/.config/</filename> 디렉토리가 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(para)
msgid "Search each directory in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> in order to find <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</filename> is not set, it defaults to the <filename>/etc/xdg/</filename> directory."
msgstr "<envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> 변수 내의 각 디렉토리를 순서대로 검색하여 <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename> 파일을 찾습니다. 만약 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</filename> 변수가 설정되지 않았다면, 기본 값인 <filename>/etc/xdg/</filename> 디렉토리가 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para)
msgid "Use the first <filename>applications.menu</filename> file found."
msgstr "처음으로 찾은 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일을 사용합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para)
msgid "You can see an example of a <filename>.menu</filename> file in <xref linkend=\"example-menu\"/>. In this example, the top level menu is named <literal>Applications</literal>, which is specified using the <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element. The <literal>Applications</literal> menu contains a single submenu, but several submenus are allowed. Each submenu may also have an <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element. The purpose of the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element is to perform a filter on the set of available desktop entries using matching rules."
msgstr " <xref linkend=\"example-menu\"/> 부분에서 <filename>.menu</filename> 파일의 예를 보여줍니다. 이 예제에서 최상위 메뉴는 <literal>Applications</literal>이며, 이는 <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트에서 볼 수 있습니다. <literal>Applications</literal> 메뉴는 하나의 하위 메뉴 만을 포함하지만, 여러 개의 하위 메뉴를 가질 수도 있습니다. 각 하위 메뉴는 <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 가질 수 있습니다. <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트는 매칭 규칙을 사용하여 적절한 데스크탑 엔트리를 걸러내는 작업을 위해 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:134(para)
msgid "For example, the <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> element is a basic matching rule that selects a <link linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"><emphasis>desktop entry</emphasis></link> only if the <link linkend=\"category-key\"><literal>Categories</literal> key</link> contains the content of the <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> element. In the example, the <literal>Accessories</literal> menu will include a <emphasis>desktop entry</emphasis> only if it contains <quote>Utility</quote> but not <quote>System</quote> in the Categories key. For more information on the Categories key, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
msgstr "예르 들어 <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트는 오직 <link linkend=\"category-key\"><literal>분류</literal> 키</link>가 <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 내용을 포함하는 <link linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"><emphasis>데스크탑 엔트리</emphasis></link>를 선택하는 기본 매칭 규칙입니다. 이 예제에서 <literal>Accessories</literal> 메뉴는 분류 키에 <quote>Utility</quote>를 포함하지만  <quote>System</quote>을 포함하지 않는 <emphasis>데스크탑 엔트리</emphasis> 만을 포함할 것입니다. 분류 키에 대한 자세한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(title)
msgid "Example of a <filename>.menu</filename> file"
msgstr "<filename>.menu</filename> 파일의 예"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:149(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n"
" \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/1.0/menu.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory&gt;Applications.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- Read standard .directory and .desktop file locations --&gt;\n"
"  &lt;DefaultAppDirs/&gt;\n"
"  &lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs/&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- Accessories submenu --&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessories&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessories.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Include&gt;\n"
"      &lt;And&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Category&gt;Utility&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Not&gt;\n"
"          &lt;Category&gt;System&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;/Not&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/And&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Include&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Accessories --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- possibly more submenus --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Applications --&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n"
" \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/1.0/menu.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory&gt;Applications.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- Read standard .directory and .desktop file locations --&gt;\n"
"  &lt;DefaultAppDirs/&gt;\n"
"  &lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs/&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- Accessories submenu --&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessories&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessories.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Include&gt;\n"
"      &lt;And&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Category&gt;Utility&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Not&gt;\n"
"          &lt;Category&gt;System&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;/Not&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/And&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Include&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Accessories --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- possibly more submenus --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Applications --&gt;\n"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:179(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-xmlmenu\"/> describes some of the elements in <filename>.menu</filename> files. For a more detailed description, please see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-xmlmenu\"/>는 <filename>.menu</filename> 파일 내의 엘리먼트 중의 일부에 대해 설명합니다. 보다 자세한 내용은 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG 메뉴 명세서</ulink>를 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(title)
msgid "Menu Definition File Elements"
msgstr "메뉴 정의 파일 엘리먼트"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para)
msgid "Element"
msgstr "엘리먼트"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:204(literal)
msgid "&lt;Menu&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Menu&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para)
msgid "The root element which may contain nested <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> elements that define submenus. How these elements are nested determines the menu structure."
msgstr "최상위 엘리먼트이며, 하위 메뉴를 정의하는 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 내부에 포함할 수 있습니다. 이러한 하위 메뉴의 배치가 메뉴 구조를 결정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(literal)
msgid "&lt;Name&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Name&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para)
msgid "Specifies the name of the menu. Every <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element must contain a <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element."
msgstr "메뉴의 이름을 지정합니다. 모든  <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트는 반드시  <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 포함해야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:223(literal)
msgid "&lt;Directory&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Directory&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:226(para)
msgid "Specifies the name of the directory entry file that specifies the name, comment, and icon for the menu. If this element is not specified, then the <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element is to be used to display the menu name."
msgstr "메뉴의 이름, 설명, 아이콘 등을 포함하는 디렉토리 엔트리 파일의 이름을 지정합니다. 만약 이 엘리먼트가 없다면 <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 내용이 메뉴의 이름으로 표시됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:230(para)
msgid "By default, <filename>.directory</filename> files are searched for in the location <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/</filename> as set forth in the <citetitle>XDG menu specification.</citetitle>"
msgstr "기본적으로 <citetitle>XDG 메뉴 명세서</citetitle>에서 지정한 대로 <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/</filename> 위치 내에서 <filename>.directory</filename> 파일을 검색합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(literal)
msgid "&lt;DefaultAppDirs&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;DefaultAppDirs&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(filename)
msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications/"
msgstr "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications/"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:242(entry)
msgid "This is an instruction which indicates that all the available desktop entries from <placeholder-1/> should be scanned. If this instruction is not included, then these locations are not scanned for desktop entries."
msgstr "이것은 <placeholder-1/> 내에서 이용 가능한 모든 데스크탑 엔트리를 찾으라는 지시입니다. 만약 이러한 지시가 포함되지 않았다면 이 위치에서는 데스크탑 엔트리를 찾지 않을 것입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:251(literal)
msgid "&lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(filename)
msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/"
msgstr "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:253(entry)
msgid "This is an instruction which indicates that all the available directory entries from <placeholder-1/> should be scanned. If the instruction is not included, then these locations are not scanned for directory entries."
msgstr "이것은 <placeholder-1/> 내에서 이용 가능한 모든 디렉토리 엔트리를 찾으라는 지시입니다. 만약 이러한 지시가 포함되지 않았다면 이 위치에서는 디렉토리 엔트리를 찾지 않을 것입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(literal)
msgid "&lt;Include&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Include&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:266(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:289(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:293(literal)
msgid "&lt;Filename&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Filename&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:302(literal)
msgid "&lt;Category&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Category&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:312(literal)
msgid "&lt;And&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;And&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:316(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:321(literal)
msgid "&lt;Or&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Or&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:325(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:330(literal)
msgid "&lt;Not&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Not&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:334(literal)
msgid "&lt;All&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;All&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:271(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:337(emphasis)
msgid "desktop entries"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:264(entry)
msgid "Contains a list of matching rules by which the contents of a menu are generated. May include the <placeholder-1/>, <placeholder-2/>, <placeholder-3/>, <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, or <placeholder-6/> matching rules. If more than one rule is present, the rules are logically ORed so that <placeholder-7/> that match any rule are included."
msgstr "메뉴의 내용을 만들어 낼 매칭 규칙의 목록을 포함합니다. 여기에는 <placeholder-1/>, <placeholder-2/>, <placeholder-3/>, <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, <placeholder-6/> 등의 매칭 규칙이 사용될 수 있습니다. 만약 하나 이상의 규칙이 포함되면 각 규칙들은 논리합(logical OR)으로 연결되므로, 이러한 규칙 중 어느 하나라도 만족하는 <placeholder-7/>는 모두 포함됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:277(literal)
msgid "&lt;Exclude&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;Exclude&gt;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:279(entry)
msgid "The opposite of <placeholder-1/> since any <placeholder-2/> that are matched in this element are excluded from the previous set of included elements. For this reason, this element must appear after the <placeholder-3/> element."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>와 반대되는 엘리먼트로 이 엘리먼트 내의 규칙에 매칭되는 모든 <placeholder-2/>는 포함된 엘리먼트 집합에서 제외됩니다. 따라서 이 엘리먼트는 반드시 <placeholder-3/> 엘리먼트 보다 뒤에 나와야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:292(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:301(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:319(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(emphasis)
msgid "desktop entry"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:291(entry)
msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when the Desktop File-Id matches the contents of the <placeholder-2/> element."
msgstr "데스크탑 파일 ID가 <placeholder-2/> 엘리먼트의 내용과 일치할 때 <placeholder-1/>를 선택하는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:300(entry)
msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when the Categories key matches the contents of the <placeholder-2/> element."
msgstr "분류 키가 <placeholder-2/> 엘리먼트의 내용과 일치할 때 <placeholder-1/>를 선택하는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:311(emphasis)
msgid "all"
msgstr "모든"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:309(entry)
msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
msgstr "<placeholder-3/> 엘리먼트 내에 포함된 <placeholder-2/> 매칭 규칙들과 일치할 때 <placeholder-1/>를 선택하는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(emphasis)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:329(emphasis)
msgid "any"
msgstr "어떤"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:318(entry)
msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> of the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
msgstr "<placeholder-3/> 엘리먼트 내에 포함된 <placeholder-2/> 매칭 규칙들과 일치할 때 <placeholder-1/>를 선택하는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:327(entry)
msgid "A matching rule that does not select a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> of the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
msgstr "<placeholder-3/> 엘리먼트 내에 포함된 <placeholder-2/> 매칭 규칙들과 일치할 때 <placeholder-1/>를 선택하지 않는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(entry)
msgid "A matching rule which selects all <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr "모든 <placehollder-1/>를 선택하는 매칭 규칙."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(title)
msgid "Desktop Entry Files"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:350(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:356(see)
msgid "desktop entry files"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:354(primary)
msgid ".desktop files"
msgstr ".desktop 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:359(para)
msgid "A <firstterm>desktop entry file</firstterm> is a data file that provides information about an item in a menu. The desktop entry file specifies the details for the item such as a name, a command to run, an icon, and so on. It also contains keywords which determine the location of the item in the menu hierarchy."
msgstr "<firstterm>데스크탑 엔트리 파일</firstterm>은 메뉴 내의 한 항목에 대한 정보를 제공하는 데이터 파일입니다. 데스크탑 엔트리 파일은 해당 항목의 이름, 실행할 명령, 아이콘 등과 같은 세부 정보를 지정합니다. 또한 여기에는 메뉴 계층 내에 항목이 포함될 위치를 결정하는 키워드도 포함됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:369(para)
msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS is the environment variable defined in the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>."
msgstr "$XDG_DATA_DIRS는 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG 기본 디렉토리 명세서</ulink>에 정의된 환경 변수입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:365(para)
msgid "Desktop entry files must reside in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> directory and must have a <filename>.desktop</filename> file extension. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar><placeholder-1/> is not set, then the default path is <filename>/usr/share</filename> is used. This also implies that user specific desktop entries may be located at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/applications</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.local/share</filename> is used. Desktop entries are collected from all directories in the <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> environment variable. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>.desktop</filename> files with the same name."
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일은 반드시 <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> 디렉토리 내에 있어야 하며, <filename>.desktop</filename> 파일 확장자를 사용해야 합니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar><placeholder-1/> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않으면 기본값인 <filename>/usr/share</filename> 경로가 사용됩니다. 이것은 사용자가 지정한 데스크탑 엔트리들은 <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/applications</filename> 디렉토리 내에 있어야 하며, 이 경로가 먼저 검색된다는 것을 뜻합니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않으면, 기본값인 <filename>~/.local/share</filename> 경로가 사용됩니다. 데스크탑 엔트리들은 <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> 환경 변수 내의 모든 디렉토리에서 수집됩니다. 만약 같은 이름의 <filename>.desktop</filename> 파일이 여러 개 있는 경우에는, <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> 내에서 먼저 나타난 디렉토리에 있는 것이 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(para)
msgid "The following is a sample desktop entry file:"
msgstr "아래는 데스크탑 엔트리 파일의 예제입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:385(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8\n"
"Name=Calculator\n"
"Name[fr]=Calculatrice\n"
"...\n"
"Comment=Perform calculations\n"
"Comment[fr]=Effectue des calculs compliqués\n"
"...\n"
"Exec=gcalctool\n"
"Icon=gnome-calculator\n"
"Terminal=false\n"
"Type=Application\n"
"StartupNotify=true\n"
"Categories=GTK;GNOME;Application;Utility;"
msgstr ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8\n"
"Name=Calculator\n"
"Name[fr]=Calculatrice\n"
"...\n"
"Comment=Perform calculations\n"
"Comment[fr]=Effectue des calculs compliqués\n"
"...\n"
"Exec=gcalctool\n"
"Icon=gnome-calculator\n"
"Terminal=false\n"
"Type=Application\n"
"StartupNotify=true\n"
"Categories=GTK;GNOME;Application;Utility;"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:400(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-7\"/> describes the most important keys in desktop entry files. To get more information about desktop entry files, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec\">XDG Desktop Entry Specification</ulink>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-7\"/>는 데스크탑 엔트리 파일에 사용되는 가장 중요한 키들에 대해 설명합니다. 이에 대한 자세한 정보는 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec\">XDG 데스크탑 엔트리 명세서</ulink>를 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:407(title)
msgid "Desktop Entry Keys"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:416(para)
msgid "Desktop Entry Key"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:425(literal)
msgid "Categories"
msgstr "Categories"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:427(para)
msgid "Specifies the keywords that describe the item. The keywords are separated with semicolons (;). To see a list of the standard category keywords, see the desktop menu specification at <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec\"> http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec</ulink>"
msgstr "이 항목을 설명하는 핵심어를 지정합니다. 각 단어들은 세미콜론 (;) 기호를 통해 구분됩니다. 표준 분류 핵심어의 목록을 확인하려면, <ulink url=\\\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec\\\">http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec</ulink>에 있는 데스크탑 메뉴 명세서를 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:433(para)
msgid "<link linkend=\"menustructure-13\">Menu Definition Files</link> map desktop entries to menus by using matching rules against the Categories key."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"menustructure-13\">메뉴 정의 파일</link>은 이 분류(Categories)키를 이용하여 데스크탑 엔트리와 메뉴를 매핑해 줍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:627(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:117(literal)
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "Comment"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:442(para)
msgid "Specifies a short description of the item. The comment is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the item in the menu."
msgstr "해당 항목에 대한 짧은 설명을 지정합니다. 이 설명은 메뉴 내에서 해당 항목을 가리킬 때 풍선 도움말로 표시됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:448(literal)
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "Encoding"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(para)
msgid "Specifies the encoding of the desktop entry file."
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일의 인코딩을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(literal)
msgid "Exec"
msgstr "Exec"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:458(para)
msgid "Specifies a command to execute when you choose the item from the menu."
msgstr "메뉴에서 항목이 선택되었을 때 실행할 명령을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:464(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:636(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(term)
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icon"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:466(para)
msgid "Specifies the filename of an icon that represents the item. Does not specify the path to the filename, or the file extension."
msgstr "항목을 표시할 아이콘 파일의 이름을 지정합니다. 파일의 경로나 확장자를 지정하지 마십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:472(literal)
msgid "MimeType"
msgstr "MimeType"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(entry)
msgid "Specifies the MIME types that the application can handle."
msgstr "프로그램에서 처리할 수 있는 MIME 형식을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(literal)
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:480(para)
msgid "Specifies the name of the item. This name is displayed on the item in the menu."
msgstr "항목의 이름을 지정합니다. 이 이름은 메뉴 내의 항목에 표시됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:485(literal)
msgid "NoDisplay"
msgstr "NoDisplay"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(para)
msgid "This options means <quote>This application exists, but don't display it in the menus</quote>."
msgstr "이 옵션은 <quote>이 프로그램은 존재하지만, 메뉴에 표시하지 않을 것</quote>을 의미합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:493(literal)
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr "Terminal"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(para)
msgid "Specifies whether the command in the <literal>Exec</literal> key runs in a terminal window. If the value is <literal>true</literal> the command runs in a terminal window."
msgstr "<literal>Exec</literal> 키에 지정된 명령이 터미널 창에서 실행될 지 여부를 지정합니다. 만약 이 값이 <literal>참</literal>이면 해당 명령은 터미널 창에서 실행됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:498(para)
msgid "If the command does not create a window in which to run, the value of this key must be <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr "만약 해당 명령이 자체적으로 실행 창을 만들지 않는다면, 이 키의 값은 반드시 <literal>참</literal>이 되어야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:505(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:644(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:93(literal)
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(para)
msgid "Specifies the type of item. This value is one of the following:"
msgstr "해당 항목의 형식을 지정합니다. 이 값은 다음과 같은 것들 중 하나입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:510(para)
msgid "<literal>Application</literal>: An item that starts an application."
msgstr "<literal>Application</literal>: 이 항목은 프로그램을 실행합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(para)
msgid "<literal>Link</literal>: An item that links to a file, folder, or a remote resource (such as a FTP site, a web page, a Windows share...)."
msgstr "<literal>Link</literal>: 이 항목은 파일, 폴더 혹은 (FTP 사이트, 웹페이지, Windows 공유 등과 같은) 원격지의 자원에 대한 링크입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(para)
msgid "<literal>FSDevice</literal>: An item that is a file system device."
msgstr "<literal>FSDevice</literal>: 이 항목은 파일 시스템 장치입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:526(para)
msgid "<literal>Directory</literal>: An item that is a Directory."
msgstr "<literal>Directory</literal>: 이 항목은 디렉토리입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:536(para)
msgid "For more information on the keys in desktop entry files, see the desktop entry specification at the following URL:"
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일의 키에 대한 자세한 정보는, 다음 URL에서 데스크탑 엔트리 명세서를 보기 바랍니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:540(ulink)
msgid "http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec"
msgstr "http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:544(para)
msgid "Panel launchers and desktop objects also use desktop entry files. The desktop entry files for launchers and desktop objects provide the same information as for items in a menu. For example, the desktop entry files provide the command to run when a user chooses the launcher or object."
msgstr "패널 실행기와 데스크탑 객체에서도 데스크탑 엔트리 파일을 사용합니다. 실행 아이콘과 데스크탑 객체를 위한 데스크탑 엔트리 파일도 메뉴 항목과 동일한 정보를 제공합니다. 예를 들어 데스크탑 엔트리 파일은 사용자가 실행 아이콘이나 데스크탑 객체를 선택하면 실행할 명령을 제공합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:553(title)
msgid "Directory Entry Files"
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:556(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:562(see)
msgid "directory entry files"
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(primary)
msgid ".directory files"
msgstr ".directory 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:565(para)
msgid "A <firstterm>directory entry file</firstterm> is a data file that provides information about a menu. The directory entry file specifies the details for the menu such as a name, a tooltip, and an icon. Directory entry files have a <filename>.directory</filename> file extension."
msgstr "<firstterm>디렉토리 엔트리 파일</firstterm>은 메뉴에 대한 정보를 제공하는 데이터 파일입니다. 디렉토리 엔트리 파일은 메뉴의 이름, 풍선 도움말, 아이콘과 같은 정보들을 지정합니다. 디렉토리 엔트리 파일의 확장자는 <filename>.directory</filename>입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:570(para)
msgid "Directory entry files must reside in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> directory. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> is not set, then the default path is <filename>/usr/share</filename> is used. This also implies that user specific directory entries may be located at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/desktop-directories</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.local/share</filename> is used. Directory entries are collected from all directories in the <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> environment variable. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>.directory</filename> files with the same name."
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 파일은 반드시 <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> 디렉토리 내에 있어야 합니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않으면, 기본값으로 <filename>/usr/share</filename> 경로가 사용됩니다. 이것은 사용자가 지정한 디렉토리 엔트리는 반드시 <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/desktop-directories</filename> 내에 있어야 한다는 것을 뜻하며, 이 경우 해당 파일이 먼저 검색됩니다. 만약 <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않다면, 기본값인 <filename>.directory</filename> 경로가 사용됩니다. 디렉토리 엔트리들은 <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> 환경 변수내의 모든 디렉토리에서 수집됩니다. 만약 같은 이름의 <filename>~/.local/share</filename> 파일이 여러 개 있는 경우에는 <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> 내에서 먼저 나타난 디렉토리에 있는 것이 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:584(para)
msgid "The following is a sample directory entry file:"
msgstr "아래는 디렉토리 엔트리 파일의 예제입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:586(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Name=Graphics\n"
"Name[fr]=Graphisme\n"
"...\n"
"Comment=Graphics applications\n"
"Comment[fr]=Applications graphiques\n"
"...\n"
"Icon=gnome-graphics\n"
"Type=Directory\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8"
msgstr ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Name=Graphics\n"
"Name[fr]=Graphisme\n"
"...\n"
"Comment=Graphics applications\n"
"Comment[fr]=Applications graphiques\n"
"...\n"
"Icon=gnome-graphics\n"
"Type=Directory\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:597(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-15\"/> describes the most important keys in directory entry files."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-15\"/>는 디렉토리 엔트리 파일 내의 가장 중요한 키들에 대해 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:601(title)
msgid "Directory Entry Keys"
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:610(para)
msgid "Directory Entry Key"
msgstr "디렉토리 엔트리 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:621(para)
msgid "Specifies the name of the menu. This name is displayed on the menu."
msgstr "메뉴의 이름을 지정합니다. 이 이름은 메뉴에 표시됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:629(para)
msgid "Specifies a short description of the menu. The comment is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the menu."
msgstr "메뉴에 대한 짧은 설명을 지정합니다. 이 내용은 해당 메뉴를 가리킬 때 풍선 도움말로 나타납니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:638(para)
msgid "Specifies the filename of an icon that represents the menu. Does not specify the path to the filename, or the file extension."
msgstr "메뉴를 표시하는 아이콘 파일 이름을 지정합니다. 파일 이름의 경로나 확장자를 지정하지 마십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:646(para)
msgid "Specifies the type of menu. The value of this key is always <literal>Directory</literal>."
msgstr "메뉴의 형식을 지정합니다. 이 키의 값은 항상 <literal>Directory</literal>입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:655(title)
msgid "Editing System Menus"
msgstr "시스템 메뉴 편집하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:662(secondary)
msgid "editing"
msgstr "편집"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:665(para)
msgid "You can edit menu configuration files and menu data files manually to customize menus."
msgstr "메뉴 설정을 변경하기 위해 메뉴 설정 파일과 메뉴 데이터 파일을 직접 편집할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:669(title)
msgid "Adding Menus"
msgstr "메뉴 추가하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:678(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:858(secondary)
msgid "adding"
msgstr "더하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(para)
msgid "To add a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "모든 사용자들이 이용할 수 있는 메뉴를 더하려면 다음 순서대로 하십시오:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:685(para)
msgid "Create a directory entry file for the item that you want to add. Place the directory entry file in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> directory. For more information on directory entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/>."
msgstr "더하고 싶은 항목에 대한 디렉토리 엔트리 파일을 만들어서, <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> 디렉토리 아래에 둡니다. 디렉토리 엔트리 파일에 대한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:693(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:761(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:791(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:851(para)
msgid "Locate the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename> file."
msgstr "<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename> 파일을 찾습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:699(para)
msgid "In the <filename>.menu</filename> file, add a <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element for the new menu. For more information on <filename>.menu</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/>."
msgstr "<filename>.menu</filename> 파일에서, 새 메뉴에 대한 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 더합니다. <filename>.menu</filename> 파일에 대한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:706(para)
msgid "Create a <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element below <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal>. The content of the element should contain the name for the menu."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트 아래에 <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 만듭니다. Name 엘리먼트의 내용은 해당 메뉴에 대한 이름이 되어야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:712(para)
msgid "Create a <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> element below <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal>. The content of the element should contain the name of the directory entry file."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트 아래에 <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 만듭니다. Directory 엘리먼트의 내용은 디렉토리 엔트리 파일의 이름이 되어야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:718(para)
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"menustructure-4\"/> for how to add an item to the menu."
msgstr "메뉴에 항목을 더하는 방법은 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-4\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:723(para)
msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu should appear in the menu bar."
msgstr "다음 번에 사용자가 로그인하면, 메뉴 모음에서 해당 메뉴를 볼 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:727(title)
msgid "Missing Menu?"
msgstr "메뉴가 보이지 않는다면?"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:729(para)
msgid "If you did not specify any matching rules in the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element, or if the rule did not match any desktop entries, then you may not see the menu in the menu bar."
msgstr "만약 <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트 내에 매칭 규칙을 지정하지 않았거나, 매칭 규칙이 어떤 데스크탑 엔트리와도 적용되지 않는다면 메뉴 모듬에서 해당 메뉴를 보지 못할 수도 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:737(title)
msgid "Adding an Item to a Menu"
msgstr "메뉴에 항목 추가하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:742(secondary)
msgid "adding items to"
msgstr "항목 더하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(para)
msgid "To add an item to a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "모든 사용자들이 이용할 수 있는 메뉴 항목을 더하려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(para)
msgid "Create a desktop entry file for the item that you want to add. For more information on desktop entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
msgstr "더하고 싶은 항목에 대한 데스크탑 엔트리 파일을 만듭니다. 데스크탑 엔트리 파일에 대한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:756(para)
msgid "Place the desktop entry file in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> folder."
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일을 <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> 폴더에 둡니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:767(para)
msgid "Verify that a <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element contains an <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element with a matching rule that selects the desktop entry file made in step 1."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트가 1단계에서 만든 데스크탑 엔트리 파일과 일치하는 매칭 규칙을 가지는 <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 포함하는 지 확인합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:773(para)
msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu item is in the assigned location."
msgstr "다음 번에 사용자가 로그인하면, 해당 위치에 메뉴 항목이 보일 것입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:778(title)
msgid "Editing the Properties of a Menu"
msgstr "메뉴 속성 편집하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:783(secondary)
msgid "editing properties of"
msgstr "속성 편집"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(para)
msgid "To edit the properties of a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "모든 사용자에게 적용되는 메뉴의 속성을 편집하려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:797(para)
msgid "Find the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> entry in this file that corresponds to the menu you want to modify. Note the filename of the directory entry in the <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> element."
msgstr "이 파일에서 수정하고 싶은 메뉴에 대한 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엔트리를 찾습니다. 디렉토리 엔트리 파일의 이름은 <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트에 지정되어 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:804(para)
msgid "Locate the directory entry for this menu. Modify the contents to change the properties of the menu. For more information on <filename>.directory</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/>."
msgstr "이 메뉴에 대한 디렉토리 엔트리 파일을 찾아서, 메뉴의 속성을 변경합니다. <filename>.directory</filename> 파일에 대한 자세한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:813(title)
msgid "Editing a Menu Item"
msgstr "메뉴 항목 편집하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:818(secondary)
msgid "editing menu items"
msgstr "메뉴 항목 편집"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:821(para)
msgid "To edit a menu item, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "메뉴 항목을 편집하려면, 다음 순서대로 하십시오:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(para)
msgid "Locate the desktop entry in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> directory that corresponds to the menu item."
msgstr "<filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> 디렉토리에서 해당 메뉴 항목에 대한 데스크탑 엔트리 파일을 찾습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:831(para)
msgid "Edit the desktop entry to change the properties of the menu item. For more information on desktop entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
msgstr "데스크탑 엔트리 파일을 수정하여 메뉴 항목의 속성을 변경합니다. 데스크탑 엔트리 파일에 대한 자세한 정보는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:839(title)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:882(title)
msgid "Deleting an Item from a Menu"
msgstr "메뉴에서 항목 삭제하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:844(secondary)
msgid "deleting menu items"
msgstr "메뉴 항목 지우기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(para)
msgid "To delete an item from a menu for all users:"
msgstr "모든 사용자에게 적용되는 메뉴 항목을 지우려면:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:857(para)
msgid "Find the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element in this file that contains the desktop entry you want to delete."
msgstr "이 파일에서 지우고 싶은 데스크탑 엔트리를 포함하는 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 찾습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:862(para)
msgid "Insert an <literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> element after the closing tag for the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element. Make sure this is in the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element determined in step 2."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 닫는 태그 뒤에 <literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 추가합니다. 이 엘리먼트는 2단계에서 찾은 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트 내에 있어야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:869(para)
msgid "Insert the <literal>&lt;Filename&gt;</literal> matching rule as a subelement of <literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> to specifically exclude a desktop entry."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 하위 엘리먼트로 특정 데스크탑 엔트리를 제외시키기 위한 <literal>&lt;Filename&gt;</literal> 매칭 규칙을 추가합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:875(para)
msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu item is not displayed in the menu. <xref linkend=\"menustructure-deleteitem\"/> shows how this done in the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file. The desktop entry for <filename>dasher.desktop</filename> is explicitly excluded from showing up in the accessibility menu."
msgstr "다음 번에 사용자가 로그인하면, 해당 메뉴 항목은 메뉴에 표시되지 않을 것입니다. <xref linkend=\"menustructure-deleteitem\"/>는 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일에서 메뉴를 삭제하는 방법을 보여줍니다. <filename>dasher.desktop</filename> 데스크탑 엔트리는 접근성 메뉴에서 명시적으로 제외되었습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:884(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessibility.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Include&gt;\n"
"      &lt;And&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Category&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Not&gt;&lt;Category&gt;Settings&lt;/Category&gt;&lt;/Not&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/And&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Include&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n"
"      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessibility.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Include&gt;\n"
"      &lt;And&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Category&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Category&gt;\n"
"        &lt;Not&gt;&lt;Category&gt;Settings&lt;/Category&gt;&lt;/Not&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/And&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Include&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n"
"      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:907(title)
msgid "Editing User Menus and Menu Merging"
msgstr "사용자 메뉴 편집 및 통합하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:912(secondary)
msgid "editing user menus"
msgstr "사용자 메뉴 편집"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:915(para)
msgid "You can use the following GNOME Desktop applications to edit menus for users:"
msgstr "다음과 같은 그놈 데스크탑 프로그램을 이용하여 사용자 메뉴를 편집할 수 있습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:920(para)
msgid "GNOME Menu Editor"
msgstr "그놈 메뉴 편집기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:924(para)
msgid "A simple menu editor is available for users to edit their menus. For more information, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?goseditmainmenu-1\">Working With Menus</ulink> in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide\">GNOME User Guide</ulink>. Alternatively, you can manually create and edit a user menu file."
msgstr "사용자들이 간편하게 자신의 메뉴를 편집할 수 있는 메뉴 편집기가 있습니다. 자세한 정보는 <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide\">그놈 사용자 안내서</ulink>의 <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?goseditmainmenu-1\">메인 메뉴 모음 사용하기</ulink> 부분을 보기 바랍니다. 또는 직접 사용자 메뉴 파일을 만들거나 수정할 수도 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:930(para)
msgid "To manually create a custom menu for a user, the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename> must exist. In the case that <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, the default <filename>~/.config</filename> directory is used. Since this is the first location that is searched for the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file, it takes precedence over all other menu files."
msgstr "사용자 지정 메뉴를 직접 만들려면 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename> 파일이 반드시 존재해야 합니다. <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> 변수가 설정되어 있지 않으면 기본값인 <filename>~/.config</filename> 디렉토리가 사용됩니다. 이곳은 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일을 맨 처음으로 찾아보는 곳이므로, 다른 모든 메뉴 파일보다 우선적으로 사용됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:938(para)
msgid "User menus can contain all the elements described in <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/>. For a complete list of the elements allowed, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>."
msgstr "사용자 메뉴는 <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/> 부분에서 설명한 모든 엘리먼트들을 포함할 수 있습니다. 허용된 엘리먼트의 전체 목록은 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG 메뉴 명세서</ulink>를 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:944(para)
msgid "Since user menu files take precedence over the system menu file, it will completely replace the system menu unless it explicitly <emphasis>merges</emphasis> the system menu. Information on menu merging is available in the following subsections."
msgstr "사용자 메뉴 파일은 시스템 메뉴 파일보다 우선적으로 사용되기 때문에, 시스템 메뉴를 <emphasis>통합</emphasis>하지 않는다면 시스템 메뉴 전체를 완전히 대체할 것입니다. 메뉴를 통합하는 방법은 다음 절에서 설명합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:950(title)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1011(title)
msgid "Merging the System Menu"
msgstr "시스템 메뉴 통합하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:955(secondary)
msgid "merging the system menu"
msgstr "시스템 메뉴 통합"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:958(para)
msgid "Often, a user only wants to add or delete menu items in addition to the standard system menu. To support single changes like these, it is recommended that you use the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element with the attribute <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal> within the user's <filename>applications.menu</filename> file."
msgstr "때때로 사용자들은 표준 시스템 메뉴에 특정 항목들을 추가하거나 삭제하기 만을 원합니다. 이렇게 한 가지 만 변경하도록 지원하려면, 사용자 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일에 <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal> 속성을 포함하는 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:964(para)
msgid "The <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element allows a menu to be merged with the contents of the user's menu file. When you specify the attribute <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal>, then the contents of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element are ignored and the next <filename>applications.menu</filename> file in the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> directory is used for merging."
msgstr "<literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트는 메뉴를 사용자의 메뉴 파일의 내용과 통합되도록 허용합니다. <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal> 속성을 사용하면, <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 내용은 무시되고, <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> 디렉토리 내의 다음 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일을 이용해 통합합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:973(title)
msgid "Older Specifications"
msgstr "예전 명세서"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:975(para)
msgid "Older specifications did not include the <literal>type</literal> attribute and simply required the location of the menu file to be merged as the content of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element. As a result, you may still see a location specified in the contents of <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal>, even when <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal>."
msgstr "예전 버전의 명세서에는 <literal>type</literal> 속성이 포함되지 않았고 단순히 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 내용으로 통합될 메뉴 파일의 위치를 지정해야 했습니다. 따라서 <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal> 속성이 사용된 경우에도 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 내용에 명시된 위치를 볼 수도 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:983(para)
msgid "The merging is performed as follows:"
msgstr "통합 과정은 다음과 같이 수행됩니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:989(para)
msgid "Merged menu file refers to the next <filename>applications.menu</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> directory."
msgstr "통합된 메뉴 파일은 <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> 디렉토리 내의 다음 <filename>applications.menu</filename> 파일을 가리킵니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:987(para)
msgid "The children of the root <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element in the merged menu file<placeholder-1/> are substituted for the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element in the base menu file."
msgstr "통합된 메뉴 파일<placeholder-1/> 내의 최상위 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 하위 엘리먼트들은 기본 메뉴 파일 내의 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트로 바뀝니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:998(para)
msgid "All child <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> elements with the same name are consolidated into a single <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element. This is by done appending all child elements of each <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element with the same name into the <emphasis>last</emphasis> occurrence of the menu element."
msgstr "같은 이름의 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트들은 하나의 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트로 합쳐집니다. 이것은 같은 이름을 가진 <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트의 모든 하위 엘리먼트들을 <emphasis>마지막</emphasis>으로 나타나는 메뉴 엘리먼트에 추가하는 방식입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1007(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-systemmerge\"/> shows an example of a user menu file explicitly merging the system menu file."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-systemmerge\"/>은 시스템 메뉴 파일을 통합하는 사용자 메뉴 파일의 예입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1013(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n"
" \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/menu-1.0.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"  &lt;MergeFile type=\"parent\"&gt;/etc/xdg/menus/applications.menu&lt;/MergeFile&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n"
"      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
"&lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n"
" \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/menu-1.0.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"  &lt;MergeFile type=\"parent\"&gt;/etc/xdg/menus/applications.menu&lt;/MergeFile&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Menu&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n"
"    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n"
"      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
"&lt;/Menu&gt;\n"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1031(title)
msgid "Merging Arbitrary Menus"
msgstr "임의의 메뉴 통합하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1036(secondary)
msgid "merging arbitrary menus"
msgstr "임의의 메뉴 통합하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1039(para)
msgid "Arbitrary menu files can be merged in much the same way as system menus. The difference is that the <literal>type</literal> attribute must be set to <literal>path</literal> or must be excluded from the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element in order to do this type of merge."
msgstr "임의의 메뉴 파일도 시스템 메뉴와 동일한 방식으로 통합할 수 있습니다. 차이점은 이 방식의 통합을 위해서는 <literal>type</literal> 속성이 <literal>path</literal>로 설정되거나 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트에 포함되어 있지 않아야 합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:1045(para)
msgid "The merge is performed in the same way except that the location of the <emphasis>merged menu file</emphasis> is specified in the contents of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element."
msgstr "통합 과정은 <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> 엘리먼트에 지정된 <emphasis>통합된 메뉴 파일</emphasis>의 위치를 제외하고는 동일한 방식으로 수행됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Installing Themes"
msgstr "테마 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes themes, the theme settings that are available in the GNOME Desktop, how to install options for theme settings, and how to create a custom option."
msgstr "이 부분에서는 그놈 데스크탑에서 이용할 수 있는 테마와 그 설정에 대해서 설명하고, 테마 설정 옵션을 만들거나 설치하는 방법에 대해 알아봅니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title)
msgid "Introduction to Themes"
msgstr "테마 소개"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:341(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:428(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:433(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:520(primary)
msgid "themes"
msgstr "테마"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para)
msgid "A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies the visual appearance of a part of the GNOME Desktop. Users can choose themes to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr "테마는 그놈 데스크탑의 일부에 대한 시각적인 효과를 지정하는 일련의 설정들을 말합니다. 사용자들은 그놈 데스크탑의 모양새를 바꾸기 위해 테마를 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para)
msgid "A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the GNOME Desktop, as follows:"
msgstr "테마는 다음과 같은 그놈 데스크탑의 여러 부분들에 대한 설정을 포함합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:21(term)
msgid "Controls"
msgstr "컨트롤"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>GTK+ themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm>The controls setting for a theme determines the visual appearance of windows, panels, and applets. The controls setting also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items that appear on windows, panels, and applets, such as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of the controls setting options that are available are designed for special accessibility needs. Users can choose an option for the controls setting from the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr "<indexterm><primary>테마</primary><secondary>컨트롤 옵션</secondary><tertiary>개요</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>GTK+ 테마</primary><see>테마, 컨트롤 옵션</see></indexterm>테마의 컨트롤 설정은 창, 패널, 애플릿 등의 모양새를 지정합니다. 또한 창, 패널, 애플릿 내에 있는 메뉴, 아이콘, 단추 등과 같은 그놈 호환 인터페이스 항목들의 모양새도 지정합니다. 몇몇 컨트롤 설정 옵션들은 특별한 접근성 기능을 위해 설계되었습니다. 사용자들은 <application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 <guilabel>컨트롤</guilabel> 탭에서 컨트롤 설정에 대한 옵션을 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(term)
msgid "Window frame"
msgstr "창 가장자리"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Metacity themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>The window frame setting for a theme determines the appearance of the frames around windows only. Users can choose an option for the window frame setting from the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr "<indexterm><primary>테마</primary><secondary>창 가장자리 옵션</secondary><tertiary>개요</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>메타시티 테마</primary><see>테마, 창 가장자리 옵션</see></indexterm>테마의 창 틀 설정은 창 테두리의 모양새 만을 지정합니다. 사용자들은 <application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 <guilabel>창 가장자리</guilabel> 탭에서 창 테두리 설정에 대한 옵션을 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:46(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>The icon setting for a theme determines the appearance of the icons on panels and the desktop background. Users can choose an option for the icon setting from the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>아이콘 옵션</secondary><tertiary>개요</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>아이콘 테마</primary><see>테마, 아이콘 옵션</see></indexterm>테마의 아이콘 설정은 패널과 데스크탑 바탕 화면에 나타나는 아이콘들의 모양새를 지정합니다. 사용자들은 <application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 <guilabel>아이콘</guilabel> 탭에서 아이콘 설정에 대한 옵션을 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(title)
msgid "Theme Index File"
msgstr "테마 인덱스 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para)
msgid "Each theme has an index file which defines the characteristics of the theme. The name of the index file is <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/index.theme</filename>."
msgstr "각각의 테마는 테마의 특성을 정의하는 인덱스 파일을 가지고 있습니다. 인덱스 파일의 이름은 <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>테마-이름</replaceable>/index.theme</filename>입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para)
msgid "The following is a sample theme index file:"
msgstr "다음은 테마 인덱스 파일의 예제입니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Type=X-GNOME-Metatheme\n"
"Name=High Contrast Large\n"
"Name[es]=Alto contraste grande\n"
"Comment=Large black-on-white text and icons\n"
"Comment[es]=Textos e iconos grandes en negro sobre blanco\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8\n"
"\n"
"[X-GNOME-Metatheme]\n"
"GtkTheme=HighContrastLargePrint\n"
"IconTheme=HighContrast\n"
"MetacityTheme=Atlanta\n"
"ApplicationFont=sans 18\n"
msgstr ""
"[Desktop Entry]\n"
"Type=X-GNOME-Metatheme\n"
"Name=High Contrast Large\n"
"Name[es]=Alto contraste grande\n"
"Comment=Large black-on-white text and icons\n"
"Comment[es]=Textos e iconos grandes en negro sobre blanco\n"
"Encoding=UTF-8\n"
"\n"
"[X-GNOME-Metatheme]\n"
"GtkTheme=HighContrastLargePrint\n"
"IconTheme=HighContrast\n"
"MetacityTheme=Atlanta\n"
"ApplicationFont=sans 18\n"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(para)
msgid "The following table describes the keys in theme index files:"
msgstr "아래의 표는 테마 인덱스 파일 내의 키들에 대해 설명합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(title)
msgid "Keys in Theme Index Files"
msgstr "테마 인덱스 파일 내의 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
msgid "Index File Key"
msgstr "인덱스 파일 키"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:97(para)
msgid "Specifies that this theme determines the appearance of several theme options, such as controls, window frames, and icons."
msgstr "이 테마가 나타내는 컨트롤, 창 가장자리, 아이콘 등과 같은 테마 옵션들의 모양새을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:109(para)
msgid "The name of the theme. This is the name of the theme that is displayed in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr "테마의 이름을 지정합니다. 이것은 <application>테마</application> 설정 도구에서 나타나는 테마의 이름입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:121(para)
msgid "A brief description of the theme. This is the text that is displayed under the name of the theme in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr "테마에 대한 간략한 설명을 지정합니다. 이것은 <application>테마</application> 설정 도구에서 테마의 이름 아래에 표시되는 설명입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:128(literal)
msgid "GtkTheme"
msgstr "GtkTheme"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(para)
msgid "Corresponds to the controls setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which controls setting option to apply to windows, panels, and applets."
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구의 컨트롤 설정에 해당합니다. 창, 패널, 애플릿 등에 적용되는 컨트롤 설정 옵션을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(literal)
msgid "IconTheme"
msgstr "IconTheme"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(para)
msgid "Corresponds to the icons setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which icons setting option to apply to panels and the desktop background."
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구의 아이콘 설정에 해당합니다. 패널과 데스크탑 바탕 화면에 적요되는 아이콘 설정 옵션을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(literal)
msgid "MetacityTheme"
msgstr "MetacityTheme"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para)
msgid "Corresponds to the window frame setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which window frame setting option to apply to windows."
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구의 창 가장자리 설정에 해당합니다. 창에 적용되는 테두리 설정 옵션을 지정합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(literal)
msgid "ApplicationFont"
msgstr "ApplicationFont"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:165(para)
msgid "Corresponds to the application font setting in the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
msgstr "<application>글꼴</application> 설정 도구의 프로그램 글꼴 설정에 해당합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:174(title)
msgid "To Install a New Controls Option"
msgstr "새 컨트롤 옵션 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:177(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:342(secondary)
msgid "controls options"
msgstr "컨트롤 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:178(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:250(tertiary)
msgid "installing"
msgstr "설치"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:180(para)
msgid "You can add a new option for the controls setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Controls options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory. The typical structure of a controls option in the file system is as follows:"
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 컨트롤 설정에 대한 옵션을 추가할 수 있습니다. 컨트롤 옵션은 <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> 디렉토리 내에 존재합니다. 파일 시스템 내의 컨트롤 옵션의 일반적인 구조는 다음과 같습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:187(term)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(term)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:259(term)
msgid "Option file"
msgstr "옵션 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:190(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:233(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:270(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(replaceable)
msgid "option-name"
msgstr "옵션-이름"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:190(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(term)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:230(term)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(term)
msgid "Image files"
msgstr "이미지 파일"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/pixmaps/*.*"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/pixmaps/*.*"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para)
msgid "Typically, a new option for the controls setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new controls option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory."
msgstr "일반적으로 컨트롤 설정을 위한 새로운 옵션은 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일 형태로 제공됩니다. 새 컨트롤 옵션을 설치하려면 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일의 압축을 풀고, <filename>.tar</filename> 파일을 <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> 디렉토리에 풀면 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para)
msgid "Users can install their own options for the controls setting. If a user installs an option for the controls setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> directory."
msgstr "사용자들은 컨트롤 설정을 위한 옵션을 개별적으로 설치할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 사용자의 설정 옵션은 <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:210(title)
msgid "To Install a New Window Frame Option"
msgstr "새 창 가장자리 옵션 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:213(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:429(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:516(secondary)
msgid "window frame options"
msgstr "창 가장자리 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para)
msgid "You can add a new option for the window frame setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Window frame options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable>/metacity-1</filename> directory. The typical structure of a window frame option in the file system is as follows:"
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 창 가장자리 설정에 대한 옵션을 추가할 수 있습니다. 창 가장자리 옵션은 <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>옵션-이름</replaceable>/metacity-1</filename> 디렉토리 내에 존재합니다. 파일 시스템 내의 창 가장자리 옵션의 일반적인 구조는 다음과 같습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/metacity-theme-1.xml"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/metacity-theme-1.xml"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:233(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/*.*"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/*.*"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:238(para)
msgid "Typically, a new option for the window frame setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new window frame option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory."
msgstr "일반적으로 창 가장자리 설정을 위한 새로운 옵션은 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일 형태로 제공됩니다. 새 창 가장자리 옵션을 설치하려면 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일의 압축을 풀고, <filename>.tar</filename> 파일을 <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> 디렉토리에 풀면 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:241(para)
msgid "Users can install their own options for the window frame setting. If a user installs an option for the window frame setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> directory."
msgstr "사용자들은 창 가장자리 설정을 위한 옵션을 개별적으로 설치할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 사용자의 설정 옵션은 <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:246(title)
msgid "To Install a New Icons Option"
msgstr "새 아이콘 옵션 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:249(secondary)
msgid "icons options"
msgstr "아이콘 옵션"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(para)
msgid "You can add a new option for the icons setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Icons options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable></filename> directory. The typical structure of an icons option in the file system is as follows:"
msgstr "<application>테마</application> 설정 도구 내의 아이콘 설정에 대한 옵션을 추가할 수 있습니다. 아이콘 옵션은 <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>옵션-이름</replaceable></filename> 디렉토리 내에 존재합니다. 파일 시스템 내의 아이콘 옵션의 일반적인 구조는 다음과 같습니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:270(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>/icons/*.*"
msgstr "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>/icons/*.*"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:275(para)
msgid "Typically, a new option for the icons setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new icons option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/icons</filename> directory."
msgstr "일반적으로 아이콘 설정을 위한 새로운 옵션은 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일 형태로 제공됩니다. 새 아이콘 옵션을 설치하려면 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 파일의 압축을 풀고, <filename>.tar</filename> 파일을 <filename>/usr/share/icons</filename> 디렉토리에 풀면 됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:279(para)
msgid "Users can install their own options for the icons setting. If a user installs an option for the icons setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.icons/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable></filename> directory."
msgstr "사용자들은 아이콘 설정을 위한 옵션을 개별적으로 설치할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 사용자의 설정 옵션은 <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> 디렉토리에 저장됩니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(title)
msgid "Installing Icons for Themes"
msgstr "테마에 아이콘 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:286(secondary)
msgid "installing icons"
msgstr "아이콘 설치하기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para)
msgid "The GNOME Desktop provides several themes that are designed for users with special visual needs. For example, some of the themes are designed for users with low vision. Several versions of icons might be required so that the icon can be displayed properly in each theme."
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑은 사용자들의 특별한 시각적인 요구를 위해 설계된 몇 가지 테마를 제공합니다. 예를 들어 어떤 테마는 시력이 나쁜 사람들을 위해 설계되었습니다. 각각의 테마에 대해 아이콘이 잘 표시되려면 몇몇 버전의 아이콘이 필요할 것입니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:292(para)
msgid "You might need to install a new icon for an application. When you install a new icon, you must create several versions of the icon, so that the icon displays correctly in the themes. You must create several versions of the following types of icon:"
msgstr "어떤 프로그램을 위한 새로운 아이콘을 설치할 필요가 있을 때가 있습니다. 새로운 아이콘을 설치할 때는, 반드시 여러 버전의 아이콘을 만들어야, 여러 테마들 내에서 올바로 표시될 것입니다. 다음과 같은 종류의 아이콘에 대한 여러 가지 버전을 만들어야 합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(para)
msgid "Icons that are used within applications in the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr "그놈 데스크탑 내의 프로그램들이 사용하는 아이콘."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:301(para)
msgid "Icons that are used internally by GTK+ applications, or GTK+ stock icons."
msgstr "GTK+ 응용 프로그램에서 내부적으로 사용되는 아이콘 혹은 GTK+ 스톡 아이콘."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:305(para)
msgid "When you install a new icon, you must create several versions of the icon, so that the icon displays correctly in the themes. You can create the icons in several formats, for example Portable Network Graphic (PNG) format. The suggested size of icons for the desktop environment is 48 pixels by 48 pixels. At this size, most themes can rescale the icons."
msgstr "새로운 아이콘을 설치할 때는, 여러 버전의 아이콘을 만들어야 테마 내에서 적절히 표시될 것입니다. 아이콘은 (예를 들어 PNG와 같은) 여러 형식으로 만들 수 있습니다. 데스크탑 환경에서 주로 사용되는 아이콘 크기는 48x48 픽셀입니다. 이 크기의 아이콘을 기본으로, 대부분의 테마들을 아이콘의 크기를 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para)
msgid "When you install a new icon, create the following 48 pixel by 48 pixel versions of the icon:"
msgstr "새로운 아이콘을 설치할 때는, 다음과 같은 버전의 48x48 픽셀의 아이콘을 만들기 바랍니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:314(para)
msgid "Regular icon"
msgstr "보통 아이콘"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:317(para)
msgid "Low contrast icon"
msgstr "저대비 아이콘 "

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(para)
msgid "High contrast icon"
msgstr "고대비 아이콘"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(para)
msgid "Inverse high contrast icon"
msgstr "역상 고대비 아이콘"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para)
msgid "If possible, create 16 pixel by 16 pixel versions of the each of the icons above also, for themes that do not require large print."
msgstr "가능하다면, 큰 크기의 인쇄가 필요없는 테마를 위해, 각 아이콘의 16x16 버전도 만들기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(para)
msgid "Install the icons to the image files location that is specified for the theme in <xref linkend=\"themes-3\"/> or <xref linkend=\"themes-5\"/>. For example, to add icons to the HighContrastLargePrint theme, add the icons to the <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/pixmaps</filename> directory. Add references to the icons to the relevant theme files. For example, to add icons to the HighContrastLargePrint theme, add references to the icons to the <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/gtk-2.0/gtkrc</filename> file. Modify the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file for the theme to associate the icon with a GTK stock icon identifier."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"themes-3\"/> 이나 <xref linkend=\"themes-5\"/> 부분에 지정된 이미지 파일 위치에 아이콘을 설치하십시오. 예를 들어 HighContrastLargePrint 테마에 아이콘을 추가하려면, <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/pixmaps</filename> 디렉토리에 아이콘을 추가합니다. 관련된 테마 파일에 아이콘에 대한 참조를 추가하십시오. 예를 들어 HighContrastLargePrint 테마에 아이콘을 추가하려면, 아이콘에 대한 참조에 <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/gtk-2.0/gtkrc</filename> 파일을 추가하십시오. 해당 테마에 대한 <filename>gtkrc</filename> 파일을 수정하여 아이콘을 GTK 스톡 아이콘 ID와 연관시키십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:335(para)
msgid "For more information on how to create icons for application launchers and for panels, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec\">http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec</ulink>."
msgstr "프로그램 실행 아이콘과 패널에 대한 아이콘을 만드는 것에 대한 자세한 정보는 <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec\">http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec</ulink> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:339(title)
msgid "To Create a Custom Controls Option"
msgstr "사용자 지정 컨트롤 옵션 만들기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:343(tertiary)
msgid "creating custom"
msgstr "커스텀 옵션 만들기"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para)
msgid "If the options for the controls setting are not suitable for the needs of your users, you can create a custom controls option. To create a custom controls option, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "만약 컨트롤 설정에 대한 옵션이 사용자들의 요구에 맞지 않는다면, 원하는 컨트롤 옵션을 만들 수 있습니다. 특정 컨트롤 옵션을 만들려면, 다음 과정을 수행합니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:351(para)
msgid "Create a directory structure for the option in the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory. Use the same directory structure that other options use. For example, to create an option that is called SmallPrint, create the following directories:"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> 디렉토리 내에 해당 옵션을 위한 디렉토리 구조를 만듭니다. 다른 옵션들이 사용하는 것과 동일한 디렉토리 구조를 사용합니다. 예를 들어 SmallPrint라는 이름의 옵션을 만들고 싶다면, 다음 디렉토리를 만듭니다:"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:357(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:362(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint/gtk-2.0"
msgstr "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint/gtk-2.0"

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(para)
msgid "Locate the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file that is closest to meeting the needs of your users. Copy the file to the <filename>gtk-2.0</filename> directory of your new option."
msgstr "사용자들의 요구와 가장 비슷한 <filename>gtkrc</filename> 파일을 찾아서, 새로운 옵션에 대한 <filename>gtk-2.0</filename> 디렉토리에 복사합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:372(para)
msgid "Open the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file in a text editor, and modify the attributes of the interface elements as required."
msgstr "텍스트 편집기로 <filename>gtkrc</filename> 파일을 열고, 필요한 인터페이스 엘리먼트들의 속성을 변경합니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(para)
msgid "If the new option includes images, install the images for the new option in the <filename>pixmaps</filename> directory of your new option. If the new option uses images from another option, you do not need to create copies of the images for the new option. Instead, ensure that the reference to the images in the <literal>pixmap_path</literal> entry in the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file is correct."
msgstr "만약 새로운 옵션이 이미지를 포함한다면, 새로운 옵션에 대한 <filename>pixmaps</filename> 디렉토리에 이미지를 복사합니다. 만약 새로운 옵션에서 다른 옵션이 사용 중인 이미지를 재사용하는 경우에는, 이미지의 복사본을 만들 필요가 없습니다. 대신, <filename>gtkrc</filename> 파일 내의 <literal>pixmap_path</literal> 엔트리가 올바른 위치를 가리키도록 확인하십시오."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(para)
msgid "Users can now choose the new option for the controls setting."
msgstr "이제 사용자들이 컨트롤 설정에 대한 새로운 옵션을 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:384(para)
msgid "For more information on <filename>gtkrc</filename> files, see <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html\">http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html</ulink>."
msgstr "<filename>gtkrc</filename> 파일에 대한 자세한 정보는 <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html\">http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html</ulink> 부분을 보기 바랍니다."

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Configuring Fonts"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes how to configure fonts in the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title)
msgid "Introduction to Configuring Fonts"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary)
msgid "configuring fonts"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(primary)
msgid "fontconfig"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:21(para)
msgid "GNOME Desktop uses the <literal>fontconfig</literal> font configuration and customization library. The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library can use all kinds of fonts, including PostScript Type 1 fonts and TrueType fonts."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:24(para)
msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library provides a list of all the fonts available on a GNOME Desktop system. To compile this list, <literal>fontconfig</literal> searches the directories listed in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file. To view all the fonts available on a system, access the <literal>fonts:///</literal> location in the file manager on the system."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para)
msgid "For more information about the <literal>fontconfig</literal> library, see the following URL:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(ulink)
msgid "http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(title)
msgid "Font Substitution"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(secondary)
msgid "substitution"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para)
msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library performs font substitution when either entire fonts, or individual characters, are not present. If the system needs to display a font that is not available, <literal>fontconfig</literal> attempts to display another, similar font. For example, if a web page requests to display the Verdana font, and that font is not installed on the system, <literal>fontconfig</literal> displays a similar font, such as Helvetica. The list of similar fonts is defined in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para)
msgid "If the system needs to display a character that is not present in the selected font, <literal>fontconfig</literal> attempts to display the character in another, similar font. For example, you might select Bitstream Vera Sans as the font for the Text Editor application. The Bitstream Vera font family does not include Cyrillic characters. If you open a document which contains a Cyrillic character, Text Editor uses a similar font that includes Cyrillic characters to display the character."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para)
msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library also defines aliases for fonts, for example, <literal>serif</literal>, <literal>sans-serif</literal>, and <literal>monospace</literal>. When you select one of the aliases for a font, the system uses the first font that is defined for that alias in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(title)
msgid "To Add a Font for All Users"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(secondary)
msgid "adding for all users"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(para)
msgid "To add a font for all users, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:64(para)
msgid "Copy the font file to one of the directories in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file. Typically, fonts are stored in the <filename>/usr/share/fonts/</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para)
msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library updates the list of fonts automatically. If the list of fonts is not updated, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(replaceable)
msgid "directory-name"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(userinput)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "fc-cache <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(title)
msgid "To Add a Font for an Individual User"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(secondary)
msgid "adding for individual users"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(para)
msgid "To add a font for an individual users, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(para)
msgid "Copy the font file to the <filename>$HOME/.fonts</filename> directory of the user. If you drag the font file to the <literal>fonts:///</literal> location in the file manager, the font file is copied to the <filename>$HOME/.fonts</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title)
msgid "MIME Types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(para)
msgid "This chapter describes how applications detect MIME types, how to register MIME types, and how to add applications to the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para)
msgid "The purpose of this chapter is to make it easy for an administrator to understand how to configure different parts of the MIME database and give an general overview of the MIME system. Therefore we will <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to go into details where it is not necessary. For the gory details, it is recommended that you refer to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(title)
msgid "Introduction to MIME Types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:137(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:412(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:599(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:605(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:778(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:850(primary)
msgid "MIME types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para)
msgid "A <firstterm>Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension</firstterm> [<acronym>MIME</acronym>] type identifies the format of a file. Applications such as Internet browsers and email applications use the MIME type of a file to decide which actions to perform on it. For example, an email application can use the MIME type to detect the format of an attachment and choose an appropriate viewer for the file, such as opening a text document with <application>gedit</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(para)
msgid "As another example, the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager needs to know the MIME type of a file to perform the following tasks:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:46(para)
msgid "Open the file in an appropriate application."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:50(para)
msgid "Display a string that describes the type of file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para)
msgid "Display an appropriate icon to represent the file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para)
msgid "Display a list of other applications that can open the file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(para)
msgid "MIME types were originally proposed as a standard for identifying the message body of an e-mail message. Now, many systems use MIME types to identify the format of arbitrary files on the file system. MIME types are composed of a top-level <emphasis>media type</emphasis> followed by a <emphasis>subtype identifier</emphasis>, separated by a forward slash character, <quote><literal>/</literal></quote>. One example of a MIME type is <literal>image/jpeg</literal>. The media type in this example is <quote><literal>image</literal></quote> and the subtype identifier is <quote><literal>jpeg</literal></quote>. The top-level media type is meant to be a general categorization about the content of the file, while the subtype identifer is meant to specifically identify the format of the file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(member)
msgid "application"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:81(member)
msgid "audio"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(member)
msgid "image"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(member)
msgid "message"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(member)
msgid "model"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:89(member)
msgid "multipart"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(member)
msgid "text"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:93(member)
msgid "video"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:76(para)
msgid "There are eight media types currently blessed by the <acronym>IANA</acronym> [Internet Assigned Naming Authority]. These eight media types are <placeholder-1/>. Many subtypes exist for each media type; for more information, see <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">MIME Media Types</ulink> at the <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/\">IANA</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(para)
msgid "Implementation of MIME types in GNOME follows the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>. This specification provides the following advantages:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(para)
msgid "Standard locations for all MIME related files."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(para)
msgid "A standard way for applications to register information about a new MIME type."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(para)
msgid "A standard way to retrieve the MIME type for a file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(para)
msgid "A standard way to retrieve information about a MIME type."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para)
msgid "The rest of the chapter describes the files and directories that make up the MIME database, details about source XML files, how to create or modify MIME types, how to register applications as handlers for certain MIME types and finally, how to add an application to the GNOME desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(title)
msgid "The MIME Database"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(secondary)
msgid "database"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:142(para)
msgid "The MIME database is a collection of files that make up:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(para)
msgid "The set of known MIME types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(para)
msgid "The method for determing the MIME type of a file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para)
msgid "Meta information regarding a MIME type, such as a human readable description to use when displaying files of this type."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:160(title)
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(para)
msgid "As an administrator, the most important and basic step to understanding the MIME system is learning the locations where these files are stored. Since the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink> was drafted by the X Desktop Group, it also makes use of the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>. It is highly recommended that you familiarize yourself with this specification, as it is also important for other system administration tasks such as editing menus. A brief summary of the directory locations as pertaining to the MIME specification is given below."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:175(para)
msgid "The MIME database is created from the set of files located in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename> and <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime</filename> directories. If these environment variables are unset, then they default to the values <filename>~/.local/share</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/share:/usr/share</filename> respectively. As can be seen from the default value for <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> , each environment variable is actually a colon separated list of directories. The user's database at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename> has precedence over the system database at <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime</filename> when conflicting definitions are encountered. Similar to the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>, we will refer to this set of directories as <literal>&lt;MIME&gt;</literal> in the rest of this document."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:191(para)
msgid "For example, assuming default paths for the environment variables, <quote>Load <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/text/plain.xml</filename></quote> means to load the following files:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(filename)
msgid "~/.local/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:202(filename)
msgid "/usr/local/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(title)
msgid "Contents"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(para)
msgid "The following is a list of directories and files that are found inside the MIME database along with brief descriptions:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:219(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/packages/"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(para)
msgid "This directory contains any number of XML files, each of which describe a collection of MIME types. By default, the <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file is installed in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. This file contains all the default MIME types that are widely used and recognized."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para)
msgid "Applications which provide information about new MIME types are to install a <emphasis>single</emphasis> new XML file here. Depending on the prefix where the application is installed, it will create the file in the <filename>/mime/package</filename> subdirectory of one of the directories in <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME:$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar>. For example, an application installed to <filename>/usr/bin</filename> should install a new source XML file to the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. For more information about the XML files in the <filename>packages</filename> directory, please see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(replaceable)
msgid "MEDIA"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(replaceable)
msgid "SUBTYPE"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>.xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:247(para)
msgid "These directories and files are automatically generated from the collection of source XML files in the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages/</filename> subdirectory by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application. For example, for each <literal>mime-type</literal> element in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages/freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file, a directory is created at <filename>/usr/share/mime/</filename> with the <emphasis>media type</emphasis> of the MIME type. An XML file is created in that directory with the <emphasis>subtype identifier</emphasis> of that MIME type as well. The contents of the created XML file include comments (and translations for them), subclasses designations and aliases."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(title)
msgid "Example: <filename>/usr/share/mime/text/plain.xml</filename> file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;\n"
"&lt;mime-type xmlns=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info\" type=\"text/plain\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!--Created automatically by update-mime-database. DO NOT EDIT!--&gt;\n"
"  &lt;comment&gt;plain text document&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"  &lt;!-- possibly more translations --&gt;\n"
"  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"es\"&gt;documento de texto sencillo&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"eu\"&gt;testu soileko dokumentua&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"fi\"&gt;perustekstiasiakirja&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"fr\"&gt;document plein texte&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"  &lt;!-- possibly more translations --&gt;\n"
"&lt;/mime-type&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>This file is generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, using the default source XML file <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/globs"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para)
msgid "Contains one line with a MIME type and a glob pattern, separated by a colon. Files which match the glob pattern are resolved to the MIME type specified before the colon. There are special rules about how filenames are matched by the glob pattern; for more details see the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:295(para)
msgid "This file is also generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, using the default source XML file <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:303(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/magic"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:306(para)
msgid "A binary file which contains information on how to resolve MIME types by <quote>sniffing</quote> the content of the file. This is generally a set of one or more rules such as <quote>check for the string <literal>%PDF- </literal>at byte offset 0 in the file; if found, assign it the MIME type <literal>application/pdf</literal></quote>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:313(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:329(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(para)
msgid "This file is also generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/XMLnamespaces"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(para)
msgid "Contains a mapping of XML namespaces to MIME types. Each line contains three fields, the namespace, the localName and the MIME type. Each field is separated by a space. If the localName is empty, then there are two spaces between the namespace and the MIME type."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/aliases"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:339(para)
msgid "Contains a list of aliases for each MIME type. An alias is simply a MIME type that is sometimes known as another type. For each line in this file there are two fields: the first field is the alias name, and the second field is the MIME type. The fields are separated by a space."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:352(filename)
msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/subclasses"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:358(para)
msgid "A type is a subclass of another type if any instance of the first type is also an instance of the second. For example, all image/svg files are also text/xml, text/plain and application/octet-stream files. Subclassing is about the format, rather than the catagory of the data (for example, there is no 'generic spreadsheet' class that all spreadsheets inherit from)."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:355(para)
msgid "Contains a list of subclassed MIME types and their <quote>parent</quote> MIME type. From the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification:</citetitle><placeholder-1/>The format of this file is similar to the <filename>aliases</filename> file. Each line contains two fields, where the first field is the subclassed MIME type and the second field is the parent MIME type. Each field is separated by a space."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:380(title)
msgid "Refreshing the MIME Database"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:382(para)
msgid "Understanding how to refresh the MIME database is important for administrators who wish to add new MIME types to the system, or otherwise modify information about a MIME type. The application <application>update-mime-database</application> is intended for this purpose."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:388(para)
msgid "For example, if an application installs information about a new MIME type to <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages/diff.xml</filename>, then <application>update-mime-database</application> must be called with the parameter <filename>/usr/share/mime</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(prompt)
msgid "#"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "update-mime-database /usr/share/mime"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:394(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"***\n"
"* Updating MIME database in /usr/share/mime...\n"
"***\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para)
msgid "The MIME database is refreshed by scanning all the source XML files in the directory <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:406(title)
msgid "The source XML files"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(secondary)
msgid "source XML files"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:417(para)
msgid "Located in the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory, these XML files provide all the information regarding MIME types that is installed into the database by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application. There are a few rules about the XML file itself:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:425(para)
msgid "It must specify the namespace as <quote><literal>http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info</literal></quote>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para)
msgid "The root element must be <literal>mime-info</literal>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:434(para)
msgid "Zero or more <literal>mime-type</literal> elements can be specified as children of the <literal>mime-info</literal> element. The <literal>type</literal> attribute is used to specify the MIME type that is being defined."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:441(para)
msgid "By default, the <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file is installed to the <filename>packages</filename> directory in one of the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;</filename> paths (usually <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:446(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mimetypes-mimeinfo-elements\"/> gives a brief description for each of the elements that can occur as children to the <literal>mime-type</literal> element."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(title)
msgid "Child elements of <literal>&lt;mime-info&gt;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(entry)
msgid "Element (and attributes)"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:469(replaceable)
msgid "*.xyz"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:468(literal)
msgid "&lt;glob pattern=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:504(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(literal)
msgid "mime-type"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(literal)
msgid "pattern"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:471(entry)
msgid "This element specifies a glob pattern against filenames. If the filename matches, then it is assigned the MIME type of the parent <placeholder-1/> element. The <placeholder-2/> attribute is mandatory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:479(replaceable)
msgid "50"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(literal)
msgid "&lt;magic priority=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:485(literal)
msgid "match"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:482(literal)
msgid "priority"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:516(literal)
msgid "type"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:489(literal)
msgid "offset"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:493(literal)
msgid "mask"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(ulink)
msgid "XDG shared mime info specification"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(entry)
msgid "This element contains a list of <placeholder-1/> elements as its children. The <placeholder-2/> attribute is optional, and specifies a priority between 0 and 100, with 100 being the highest matching priority. Each child <placeholder-3/> element has three required attributes: <placeholder-4/> and a fourth optional attribute, <placeholder-5/>. For details on these attributes, see the <placeholder-6/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:512(replaceable)
msgid "media"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(replaceable)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:512(replaceable)
msgid "subtype"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:500(literal)
msgid "&lt;alias type=\"<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:506(literal)
msgid "application/x-pdf"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(literal)
msgid "application/pdf"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:503(entry)
msgid "This element defines an alias for the parent <placeholder-1/> element. An alias is simply a MIME type that is sometimes known as another type. For example, <placeholder-2/> is an alias for the MIME type <placeholder-3/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:511(literal)
msgid "&lt;sub-class-of type=\"<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:517(literal)
msgid "image/svg"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(literal)
msgid "text/xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(literal)
msgid "text/plain"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:519(literal)
msgid "application/octet-stream"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:514(entry)
msgid "This element defines the parent <placeholder-1/> element as a subclass of the MIME type specified in the <placeholder-2/> attribute. For example, <placeholder-3/> is a sub class of the MIME type <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, and <placeholder-6/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:524(replaceable)
msgid "locale"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:523(literal)
msgid "&lt;comment xml:lang=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:529(literal)
msgid "xml:lang"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:526(entry)
msgid "This element provides a human readable description for the MIME type. There can be zero or more occurrences of this element as long as each one contains a unique value for the <placeholder-1/> attribute."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:534(replaceable)
msgid "namespace"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(literal)
msgid "&lt;root-XML namespaceURI=\"<placeholder-1/>\" localName=\"\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:541(literal)
msgid "namespaceURI"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(literal)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:543(literal)
msgid "localName"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:537(entry)
msgid "If a file is determined to an XML file, then this element helps to further classify it through the use of the <placeholder-1/> and <placeholder-2/> attributes, both of which are required. The attribute <placeholder-3/> is the namespace of the document, and <placeholder-4/> is the name of the root element for the document. If <placeholder-5/> is present but its value is empty, then the root element may have any name, but the namespace must still match."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:551(para)
msgid "The easiest way to understand these files is to take a look at an example. Borrowing from the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>, <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml-example\"/> displays the contents of a source XML file called <filename>diff.xml</filename>. This example defines the MIME type <literal>text/x-diff</literal>. There are multiple <literal>comment</literal> elements which give a human readable name to the MIME type in a number of different languages. This MIME type has both rules for matching through glob patterns <emphasis>and</emphasis> through the use of content <quote>sniffing</quote> (better known as <filename>magic</filename> rules). Any file with the extension <literal>.diff</literal> or <filename>.patch</filename> will resolve to this MIME type. Additionally any file whose contents start with the strings specified in the <literal>value</literal> attributes of the <literal>match</literal> element, will resolve to the <literal>text/x-diff</literal> MIME type."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:568(para)
msgid "The order in which glob patterns and magic rules apply is beyond the scope of this document. For details on this, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:574(title)
msgid "Example of a source XML file: <filename>diff.xml</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:577(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version='1.0'?&gt;\n"
"&lt;mime-info xmlns='http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info'&gt;\n"
"  &lt;mime-type type=\"text/x-diff\"&gt;\n"
"    &lt;comment&gt;Differences between files&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"    &lt;comment xml:lang=\"af\"&gt;verskille tussen lêers&lt;/comment&gt;\n"
"    &lt;!-- more translated comment elements --&gt;\n"
"    &lt;magic priority=\"50\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"diff\\t\"/&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"***\\t\"/&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"Common subdirectories: \"/&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/magic&gt;\n"
"    &lt;glob pattern=\"*.diff\"/&gt;\n"
"    &lt;glob pattern=\"*.patch\"/&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/mime-type&gt;\n"
"&lt;/mime-info&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:596(title)
msgid "Modifying MIME types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:601(secondary)
msgid "verifying changes"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:607(secondary)
msgid "modifying"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:610(para)
msgid "You should never directly modify the source XML files that are installed to the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory by applications. Instead, modify the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file. This file has precedence over all other source XML files installed into the same <filename>packages</filename> directory. If you are an application author, then this rule does not apply. You should create a new source XML file and place it in the proper <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory (your <filename>Makefile</filename> will take care of this, of course)."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:620(para)
msgid "You can modify the MIME database for all users on the system or for a particular user depending on the location of the file you change. To modify the database for all users, make changes to the file <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime/packages</filename> directory. To modify the database for a single user, make changes to the file <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime/packages</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:630(para)
msgid "After changes are made, you must always run the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, with the directory location of the MIME database as the first parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:635(title)
msgid "Adding or Modifying MIME types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:637(para)
msgid "To add one or more MIME types for all users:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:641(para)
msgid "Create or modify an existing <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> source XML file, containing the definitions for the MIME types. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:648(para)
msgid "Place the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:653(para)
msgid "Update the MIME database by running <application>update-mime-database</application> using the system account.<screen><userinput>update-mime-database /usr/share/mime</userinput></screen>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:659(para)
msgid "To add one or more MIME types for a single user, follow the same steps, except place your <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file in the <filename>~/.local/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. Additionally, call <application>update-mime-database</application> with <filename>~/.local/share/mime/packages</filename> as the first parameter."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:668(title)
msgid "Verifying Changes"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:671(para)
msgid "After you have made a change to the MIME database and refreshed its contents, you can verify that the change has taken effect using the <application>gnomevfs-info</application> application. This application prints the MIME type and other useful information about a file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(para)
msgid "Running <application>gnomevfs-info</application> on a SVG file gives you the output shown below. You'll notice the default application for this MIME type is <filename>eog.desktop</filename>; We will discuss default applications in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(prompt)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:705(prompt)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(prompt)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:757(prompt)
msgid "$"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnomevfs-info mime-diagram.svg"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:682(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Name              : mime-diagram.svg\n"
"Type              : Regular\n"
"MIME type         : image/svg+xml\n"
"Default app       : eog.desktop\n"
"Size              : 14869\n"
"Blocks            : 32\n"
"I/O block size    : 4096\n"
"Local             : YES\n"
"SUID              : NO\n"
"SGID              : NO\n"
"Sticky            : NO\n"
"Permissions       : 600644\n"
"Link count        : 1\n"
"UID               : 1000\n"
"GID               : 100\n"
"Access time       : Wed Feb 22 18:24:47 2006\n"
"Modification time : Wed Feb 22 18:24:42 2006\n"
"Change time       : Wed Feb 22 18:24:42 2006\n"
"Device #          : 775\n"
"Inode #           : 297252\n"
"Readable          : YES\n"
"Writable          : YES\n"
"Executable        : NO"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:708(para)
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mimetypes-newtype-example\"/> walks through the steps of creating a new MIME type and then verifying the changes using <application>gnomevfs-info</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:714(title)
msgid "<literal>application/x-newtype</literal> Example"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:716(para)
msgid "To create (or override) a MIME type and verify the changes:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:720(para)
msgid "Make a new, empty file in your home directory called <filename>testing.xyz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:729(para)
msgid "When no glob patterns or magic rules match a file, then it is resolved to the MIME type <literal>text/plain</literal> if it contains textual data or <literal>application/octet-stream</literal> for binary data. If the file is empty, then it defaults to <literal>text/plain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:725(para)
msgid "Use <application>gnomevfs-info</application> on the file to find out the MIME type.The MIME type for this file should be detected as <literal>text/plain</literal> because there are not any glob patterns or magic rules that match it<placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:739(para)
msgid "Create (or modify) the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file as described in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-addmodify\"/> with the contents given in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-overrides-xml\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(para)
msgid "Refresh the database using <application>update-mime-database</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(para)
msgid "Use <application>gnomevfs-info</application> to verify that your change has taken effect. You should see the MIME type for the <filename>testing.xyz</filename> file resolved as <literal>application/x-newtype</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnomevfs-info testing.xyz | grep MIME\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:756(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "MIME type         : application/x-newtype\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:762(title)
msgid "<filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:764(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;\n"
"&lt;mime-info xmlns=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;mime-type type=\"application/x-newtype\"&gt;&lt;comment&gt;new mime type&lt;/comment&gt;&lt;glob pattern=\"*.xyz\"/&gt;&lt;/mime-type&gt;\n"
"&lt;/mime-info&gt;"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:773(title)
msgid "Registering Applications for MIME Types"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:780(secondary)
msgid "registering applications for"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:784(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:856(primary)
msgid "applications"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(secondary)
msgid "registry"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:789(para)
msgid "Registering applications to handle MIME types is fairly straightforward. Applications are registered by creating a <literal>MimeType</literal> key in their <filename>.desktop</filename> entry file and listing each MIME type separated by a semicolon. The <literal>MimeType</literal> key should only be used in <filename>.desktop</filename> files whose <literal>Type</literal> key has the value <quote><literal>Application</literal></quote>. For more information on <filename>.desktop</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:799(para)
msgid "After creating or modifying a <filename>.desktop</filename> entry file, you must update the application database using the <application>update-desktop-database</application> application (very similar to <application>update-mime-database</application>, except it does not take a parameter). This will create a <filename>mimeinfo.cache</filename> file in the <filename>applications</filename> subdirectory for each directory in <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME:$XDG_DATA_DIRS</filename>. The cache file is necessary so that all the <filename>.desktop</filename> files do not need to be scanned for just the <literal>MimeType</literal> key, as this causes unnecessary disk I/O."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:811(para)
msgid "Default applications to use for specific MIME types should be specified in a file called <filename>defaults.list</filename>. This file is located in the <filename>applications</filename> subdirectory for each directory in <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> and <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar>. The format for this file consists of the MIME type, the <literal>=</literal> symbol and the Desktop File ID (which is the filename for the desktop entry file). <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering-example\"/> is a short example of a <filename>defaults.list</filename> file in a user's <filename>~/.local/share/applications</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:823(title)
msgid "A User's <filename>defaults.list</filename> file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[Default Applications]\n"
"application/pdf=evince.desktop\n"
"text/html=epiphany.desktop\n"
"text/plain=gedit.desktop\n"
"image/jpeg=eog.desktop\n"
"image/png=eog.desktop\n"
"text/xml=gedit.desktop\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:836(title)
msgid "XDG Desktop Entry Specification"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:838(para)
msgid "How to register MIME types for applications is part of the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/desktop-entry-spec\">XDG desktop entry specification</ulink>, rather than the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(title)
msgid "Adding an Application to the GNOME Desktop"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:852(secondary)
msgid "adding applications"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:861(para)
msgid "To add an application to the GNOME Desktop, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:866(para)
msgid "Add a menu item for the application. For more information on how to add an item to a menu, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-2\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:872(para)
msgid "Add an icon for the application to <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>icon-size</replaceable>/apps</filename>. For more information on icons and themes, see <xref linkend=\"themes-11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:879(para)
msgid "If the application uses a new MIME type, add a source XML file to the MIME database. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-modifying\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:885(para)
msgid "If the application uses a new MIME type, add an icon for the MIME type to <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>icon-size</replaceable>/mimetypes</filename>. For more information on icons and themes, see <xref linkend=\"themes-0\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:893(para)
msgid "To associate the application with a MIME type, include a <literal>MimeType</literal> key in your <filename>.desktop</filename> file. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Setting Screensavers"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes how to set preferences for the screensaver. This chapter also provides information on how to modify the displays that are available for the screensaver."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title)
msgid "Introduction to Screensavers"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:16(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(primary)
msgid "screensavers"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(primary)
msgid "gnome-screensaver"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(para)
msgid "A <firstterm>screensaver</firstterm> is an application that replaces the image on a screen when the screen is not in use. The screensaver application for the GNOME Desktop is <application>gnome-screensaver</application>. The following sections describe how to set preferences for the <application>gnome-screensaver</application> application, and how to change the themes that are available for the screensaver."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(title)
msgid "Setting Screensaver Preferences"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(secondary)
msgid "setting preferences"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(para)
msgid "All screensaver preferences and settings are stored in <application>GConf</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(para)
msgid "To modify screensaver application preferences, users can use the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool. For information on screensaver preferences, see <citetitle>GNOME Desktop User's Guide</citetitle>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para)
msgid "Users can also run the command <command>/usr/bin/gnome-screensaver-preferences</command> to open the <guilabel>Screensaver Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(para)
msgid "To set default screensaver settings and policy for all users, modify the screensaver settings in the Default GConf Configuration Source."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para)
msgid "To set mandatory screensaver settings and policy for all users, modify the screensaver settings in the Mandatory GConf Configuration Source."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(title)
msgid "Modifying Screensaver Themes"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(secondary)
msgid "modifying screensaver themes"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(para)
msgid "The screensaver application allows users to choose one or more <firstterm>screensaver themes</firstterm>. A screensaver theme is an application that displays images on the screen of the user when the screen is not in use. The available screensaver themes are listed in the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:47(para)
msgid "To add a new screensaver theme, copy the executable file for the <firstterm>screensaver theme engine</firstterm> to somewhere in your PATH or into the screensaver theme engine executable directory. The screensaver theme engine executable directory for your system can be determined using the following command: <screen><userinput>pkg-config --variable=privlibexecdir gnome-screensaver</userinput></screen> Next, add a <filename>.desktop</filename> file for the theme into the screensaver themes directory. The screensaver themes directory for your system can be determined using the following command: <screen><userinput>pkg-config --variable=themesdir gnome-screensaver</userinput></screen> In the Exec field of the <filename>.desktop</filename> file include any arguments that are required to run the screensaver theme on the whole screen, rather than in a window. For example, some legacy screensaver theme engines may require you to include the <literal>-root</literal> option to display the screensaver display on the whole screen."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(para)
msgid "The <application>Screensaver</application> infrastructure implements themes according to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>. By supporting this specification, GNOME allows you to:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(para)
msgid "Customize the themes easily. You can edit a small number of files to customize the available themes. You do not need to modify your applications or move files."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(para)
msgid "Install themes easily. You do not need to provide information about the system when you install the themes."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para)
msgid "Configure the system so that users cannot modify the themes."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-0\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Session Management"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter introduces session management, and describes how to set session defaults. The chapter also contains information on sessions and login scripts."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title)
msgid "Introduction to Sessions"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(primary)
msgid "sessions"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para)
msgid "A session occurs between the time that a user logs in to the GNOME Desktop and the time that the user logs out. The session manager starts after the <application>Login Manager</application> authenticates the user. The session manager enables the user to manage the session. For example, a user can save the state of a session and return to that session the next time that the user logs in."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(para)
msgid "At a minimum, the following applications run in a session:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para)
msgid "The session manager, <command>gnome-session</command>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para)
msgid "The <application>GConf</application> X settings daemon, <command>gnome-settings-daemon</command>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para)
msgid "The <application>gnome-panel</application> application, which runs the panels in the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(para)
msgid "The <application>Metacity</application> window manager."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(title)
msgid "Setting Session Defaults"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(secondary)
msgid "setting defaults"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(para)
msgid "The following table lists the files that contain default session information:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para)
msgid "File"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(filename)
msgid "/usr/share/gnome/default.session"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para)
msgid "Default session file. Default session details are stored in this file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:74(filename)
msgid "$HOME/.gnome2/session"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para)
msgid "User session file. When a user modifies the session, the details are stored in this file."
msgstr ""

#. The last row does not appear to be true in Mercury - check.
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para)
msgid "To set default session details for all users, modify the default session file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para)
msgid "To restore the default session settings for a user, delete the session file from the home directory of the user. If no user session file is present, the default settings in <filename>/usr/share/gnome/default.session</filename> are used."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(para)
msgid "To save the current session as the default session, users can run the <command>gnome-session-save</command> command."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Help System"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes the Help system in the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:7(title)
msgid "Introduction to the Help System"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary)
msgid "online Help"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:71(primary)
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:16(para)
msgid "The GNOME Desktop displays help in the <application>Yelp</application> Help browser. For more information, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?yelp\">Yelp Help Browser</ulink> in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide\">GNOME Desktop User Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(para)
msgid "The source documents for the help are XML files. The XML files are written to the DocBook XML Version 4.1.2 document type definition (DTD). The DocBook XML files are converted to HTML using stylesheets installed with <application> gnome-doc-utils</application> and the HTML is displayed in the help browser. For more information on DocBook XML, see the following URL:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(ulink)
msgid "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(para)
msgid "The Help system uses <firstterm>Open Source Metadata Framework</firstterm> (OMF) files, and a cataloging system. The next sections describe OMF files and the cataloging system."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(title)
msgid "OMF Files"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(primary)
msgid ".omf files"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:39(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(primary)
msgid "OMF files"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para)
msgid "The XML file for each manual has an associated OMF file. The OMF file contains information about the manual that is used by the Help browser. OMF files have a <filename>.omf</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(para)
msgid "When you install an application, the installation process installs an OMF file to a directory of OMF files. If a Help document has an associated OMF file in an OMF file directory, the Help document is displayed in the Help browser."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para)
msgid "OMF files contain information about Help documents such as the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para)
msgid "The location of the XML file for the Help document"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para)
msgid "The title of the Help document"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(para)
msgid "A subject category to which the Help document belongs"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:64(para)
msgid "For more information on how to create OMF files, please see <ulink url=\"ghelp:writing_scrollkeeper_omf_files\">Writing Scrollkeeper OMF Files</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(title)
msgid "ScrollKeeper Cataloging System"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(primary)
msgid "ScrollKeeper cataloging system"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:77(para)
msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> is a cataloging system for documentation. Its primary function is to manage the information in OMF files for the help browser. When you install an application, the OMF file is copied to the <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/share/omf/<replaceable>&lt;application-name&gt;</replaceable></filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(para)
msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> builds a table of contents from the collection of OMF files in the directories specified in <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/etc/scrollkeeper.conf</filename> file. This file usually consists of a single line with the <varname>OMF_DIR</varname> set to a comma separated list of directories to recursively search."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "OMF_DIR=/usr/share/omf:/usr/local/share/omf:/opt/gnome2/share/omf:/opt/kde/omf\n"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para)
msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> contains a hierarchy of subject categories to which a help document can belong. The subject category of the document in the OMF file determines the location of the document in the table of contents presented by the help browser."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para)
msgid "The hierarchy of subject categories is defined in the file <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/scrollkeeper/Templates/<replaceable>&lt;lang&gt;</replaceable>/scrollkeeper_cl.xml</filename>. The subject category of a document must correspond to a category specified in this file."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:104(para)
msgid "For more information on the <application>Scrollkeeper</application> system, visit the website at <ulink url=\"http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/\">http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para)
msgid "If the help document XML file is moved to a new location, then the location in the OMF file needs to be updated."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Improving Performance"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes how to improve the performance of the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title)
msgid "Introduction to Improving Performance"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(primary)
msgid "performance, improving"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(para)
msgid "This chapter lists several preferences whose settings you can change to improve the performance of the GNOME Desktop. You can use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to set values for preferences for users. The example commands in this chapter show how to set values in the user configuration source."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(para)
msgid "You can also use the <literal>--direct</literal> and <literal>--config-source</literal> options to set mandatory values or default values for preferences. You can also use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command in a script to set the values of many preferences. For more information on the <command>gconftool-2</command> command and the options that are available with the command, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-0\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:24(title)
msgid "Reducing CPU Usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(secondary)
msgid "reducing CPU usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:413(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:468(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(secondary)
msgid "reducing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(primary)
msgid "CPU usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para)
msgid "This section describes preferences that you can set to reduce CPU usage by the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(title)
msgid "To Use Theme Options Which Require Less CPU Resources"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:45(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:49(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:130(secondary)
msgid "and CPU usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para)
msgid "Some window frame theme options load image files to draw the window frame. Other options use simpler techniques to draw the window frame."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para)
msgid "The Crux window frame option loads image files, and can be slow on systems with limited CPU resources. To reduce CPU usage, use one of the following window frame options:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:444(para)
msgid "Atlanta"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:62(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:447(para)
msgid "Esco"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(para)
msgid "The following window frame options also use less CPU resources than Crux:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(para)
msgid "AgingGorilla"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(para)
msgid "Bright"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para)
msgid "Metabox"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(para)
msgid "Metabox does not work well with inverse controls options such as HighContrastInverse. Use Atlanta with inverse controls options."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>changing</tertiary></indexterm>To change the window frame theme option, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/metacity/general/theme <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para)
msgid "For example, to use Atlanta, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/metacity/general/theme Atlanta"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to select the appropriate option."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para)
msgid "You can use the <application>Metacity Theme Viewer</application> to measure the performance of a window frame option, and to preview the option. To start <application>Metacity Theme Viewer</application>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "metacity-theme-viewer <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para)
msgid "For example, to measure the performance of Atlanta and preview Atlanta, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:101(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "metacity-theme-viewer Atlanta"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(title)
msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(primary)
msgid "icons, in menus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:455(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(primary)
msgid "menu icons"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(secondary)
msgid "turning off"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(para)
msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. To turn off this feature, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /desktop/gnome/interface/menus_have_icons false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:123(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Menus &amp; Toolbars</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Show icons in menus</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:127(title)
msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off the Splash Screen"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(para)
msgid "By default, when users log in to the desktop environment, a splash screen is displayed. Icons are displayed on the splash screen while the user logs in. You can turn off the splash screen to reduce CPU usage during login."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>splash screen</primary><secondary>turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the splash screen, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:137(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:140(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:145(title)
msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off Panel Animation"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(secondary)
msgid "animation, turning off"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(para)
msgid "When users show or hide panels, the panels can show or hide in an animated style. To turn off panel animation, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:152(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/panel/global/enable_animations false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:155(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Panel</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Drawer and panel animation</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:159(title)
msgid "Improving File Manager Performance"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(primary)
msgid "Nautilus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:351(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:378(primary)
msgid "file manager"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:164(para)
msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager includes some features that you can modify to improve performance."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:167(title)
msgid "To Modify Performance Preferences"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(secondary)
msgid "modifying performance preferences"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:173(para)
msgid "The file manager includes performance-related preferences. Each performance preference can take one of three values. The values are described in the following table:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:183(para)
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:194(literal)
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(para)
msgid "Performs the action for both local files, and files on other file systems."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:205(literal)
msgid "local_only"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:209(para)
msgid "Performs the action for local files only. When you set a performance preference to <literal>local_only</literal>, the CPU usage is reduced."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:217(literal)
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:221(para)
msgid "Never performs the action. When you set a performance preference to never, the CPU usage and the network traffic are reduced."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:228(para)
msgid "The following table describes the performance preferences for the file manager. For the fastest performance, set the value of the preferences to <literal>never</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:237(para)
msgid "Preference"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(literal)
msgid "show_icon_text"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(para)
msgid "Specifies when to preview the content of text files in the icon that represents the file. To never preview the content of text files, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_icon_text never"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:258(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:331(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:286(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:335(para)
msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from a file manager window, then choose <guilabel>Preview</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para)
msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Show text in icons</guilabel> preference."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(literal)
msgid "show_directory_item_counts"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:278(para)
msgid "Specifies when to show the number of items in folders. To never show the number of items in folders, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_directory_item_counts never"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:289(para)
msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Count number of items</guilabel> preference."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(literal)
msgid "show_image_thumbnails"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:302(para)
msgid "Specifies when to show thumbnails of image files. To never show thumbnails, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:304(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_image_thumbnails never"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:313(para)
msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel> preference."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:322(literal)
msgid "preview_sound"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para)
msgid "Specifies when to preview the content of sound files. To never preview the content of sound files, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/preview_sound never"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:338(para)
msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Preview sound files</guilabel> preference."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:349(title)
msgid "To Turn Off the Side Pane, Toolbar, and Location Bar"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:352(secondary)
msgid "side pane, turning off"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:354(para)
msgid "The file manager includes preferences that enable you to turn off the side pane and the toolbar. To improve file manager performance, turn off the side pane and the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:357(para)
msgid "To turn off the side pane, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:358(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_sidebar false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:361(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>toolbar, turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the toolbar, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:363(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_toolbar false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:366(para)
msgid "You can also turn off the location bar. Users can use the <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut to display a location bar when required."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(para)
msgid "<indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>location bar, turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the location bar, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_location_bar false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(title)
msgid "To Turn Off the Desktop"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:379(secondary)
msgid "desktop, turning off"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:382(primary)
msgid "desktop"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:386(para)
msgid "The file manager contains a preference that enables users to use <application>Nautilus</application> to manage the desktop. You can disable the desktop to improve performance. However, if you disable the desktop, you cannot do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:392(para)
msgid "Use the <guimenu>Desktop</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:395(para)
msgid "Use the file manager to change the pattern or color of the desktop background."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para)
msgid "Use the desktop objects, such as <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. The desktop objects are not displayed on the desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:403(para)
msgid "To disable the desktop, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:404(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type bool \\\n"
"--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_desktop false"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(title)
msgid "Reducing X Window System Network Traffic"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(secondary)
msgid "X Window System network traffic"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:417(primary)
msgid "X Window System network traffic, reducing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:421(primary)
msgid "network traffic, reducing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:423(para)
msgid "This section describes preferences that you can set to reduce X Window System network traffic on the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:426(title)
msgid "To Use Theme Options Which Create Less Network Traffic"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:434(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(secondary)
msgid "and network traffic"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:436(para)
msgid "Remote display protocols do not transfer every pixel in a block of pixels if all pixels in the block are the same color."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(para)
msgid "To reduce X Window System network traffic, use a window frame theme option that uses solid colors. That is, use one of the following window frame options:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:450(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:528(para)
msgid "For information on how to change theme options, see <xref linkend=\"performance-3\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:453(title)
msgid "To Reduce Network Traffic by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:458(para)
msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. If the icon is located on another file system, this feature can increase X Window System network traffic. This feature can also increase X Window System network traffic if the panels are displayed on a remote host."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:462(para)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(para)
msgid "For information on how to turn off this feature, see <xref linkend=\"performance-2\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:466(title)
msgid "Reducing Color Usage and Improving Display Quality"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:469(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:472(primary)
msgid "color usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:476(primary)
msgid "display quality, improving"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(para)
msgid "Many modern computer systems support 24-bit color, that is, 16,777,216 colors. However, many users still use systems that support 8-bit color, that is, 256 colors."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(para)
msgid "The GNOME Desktop uses the <firstterm>websafe color palette</firstterm>. This palette is a general-purpose palette of 216 colors, which is designed to optimize the use of color on systems that support 8-bit color. However, some visual components of the GNOME Desktop are designed for systems that support 24-bit color."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:486(para)
msgid "The following display problems might occur on systems that support 8-bit color:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:490(para)
msgid "Windows, icons, and background images might appear grainy. Many themes, background images, and icons use colors that are not in the websafe color palette. The colors that are not in the palette are replaced with the nearest equivalent or a dithered approximation. This use of replacement colors causes the grainy appearance."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:497(para)
msgid "Applications that do not use the websafe color palette have less colors available. Color errors might occur. Some colors might not appear in the user interface of the application. Some applications might crash if the application cannot allocate colors."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:503(para)
msgid "Color flashing might occur when users switch between applications that use the websafe color palette, and applications that do not use this palette. The applications that do not use the websafe color palette might use a custom colormap. When the custom colormap is used, other visual components might lose colors, then become unviewable."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:510(para)
msgid "The following sections describe how to optimize the appearance of the GNOME Desktop for systems that support 8-bit color."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:513(title)
msgid "To Use Theme Options That Use the Websafe Color Palette"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:517(tertiary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:534(secondary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:545(secondary)
msgid "and color usage"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:523(para)
msgid "Some window frame theme options use colors that are in the websafe color palette. Bright and Esco use colors from the websafe color palette. Bright and Esco do not have the grainy appearance of other window frame options on 8-bit color displays. Use Bright or Esco for the best color display on 8-bit visual modes."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:531(title)
msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:536(para)
msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. If the icon contains colors that are not in the websafe color palette, this feature can increase the number of colors used."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(title)
msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Turning Off the Splash Screen"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:547(para)
msgid "You can turn off the splash screen to make more colors available for the GNOME Desktop and for applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:549(para)
msgid "For information on how to turn off the splash screen, see <xref linkend=\"performance-6\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:552(title)
msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Using a Solid Color for the Background"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:555(secondary)
msgid "using solid color"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:557(para)
msgid "Use a solid color for the desktop background. Use of a solid color reduces the number of colors used by the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:559(para)
msgid "To set a solid color for the background, run the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_options none"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:563(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /desktop/gnome/background/color_shading_type solid"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:568(replaceable)
msgid "hexadecimal-color"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:566(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gconftool-2 \\\n"
"--type string \\\n"
"--set /desktop/gnome/background/primary_color #<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:569(para)
msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Background</application> preference tool to choose a solid color for the background."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Disabling GNOME Desktop Features"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
msgid "This chapter describes how to disable particular features of the GNOME Desktop."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title)
msgid "Introduction to Disabling GNOME Desktop Features"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:37(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:135(primary)
msgid "disabling features"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(primary)
msgid "lockdown"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para)
msgid "The GNOME Desktop includes features that you can use to restrict access to certain functions in the GNOME Desktop. The disable features are useful in various situations where you want to restrict the actions that users can perform on a computer. For example, you might want to prevent command line operations on a computer that is for public use at a trade show. The disable features are also known as <emphasis>lockdown</emphasis> features."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para)
msgid "You set <application>GConf</application> keys to disable features. For information about how to set <application>GConf</application> keys, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-0\"/>. You can also use the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application to set <application>GConf</application> keys in a user configuration source. For more information about the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application, see the <citetitle>GConf Editor Manual</citetitle>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(title)
msgid "Locking Down Setting Manually"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(title)
msgid "To Disable Lock Screen and Log Out"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(secondary)
msgid "lock screen"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(secondary)
msgid "log out"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para)
msgid "To disable the lock screen and log out functions, set the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disable_lock_screen</literal> key and the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disable_log_out</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(para)
msgid "When you disable the lock screen and log out functions, the following items are removed from the panels:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:47(para)
msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>user</replaceable></guimenuitem> menu items from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para)
msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> menu items from the <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Actions</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu. To open this menu, right-click on a vacant space on a panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Actions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para)
msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>user</replaceable></guimenuitem> menu items from the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the <application>Menu Bar</application> applet."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para)
msgid "Also, any <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> buttons and <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> buttons on panels are disabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(title)
msgid "To Disable Command Line Operations"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(secondary)
msgid "command line"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:68(para)
msgid "To disable operations from a command line, set the <literal>/desktop/gnome/lockdown/disable_command_line</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(para)
msgid "When you disable command line operations, the following changes occur in the user interface:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(para)
msgid "The <guimenuitem>Run Application</guimenuitem> menu item is removed from the following menus:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(guimenu)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(guimenu)
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
msgid "<guimenu>Actions</guimenu> submenu in the <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu> menu"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para)
msgid "<guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the <application>Menu Bar</application> applet"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para)
msgid "Any <guibutton>Run</guibutton> buttons on panels are disabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para)
msgid "To disable command line operations, you must also remove menu items that start terminal applications. For example, you might want to remove menu items that contain the following commands from the menus:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para)
msgid "<application>GNOME Terminal</application> command, that is <command>/usr/bin/gnome-terminal</command>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(command)
msgid "/usr/bin/xterm"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(command)
msgid "/usr/bin/setterm"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(para)
msgid "The items are removed from the following menus:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(guimenu)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(guimenuitem)
msgid "Add to Panel"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:123(guimenuitem)
msgid "Launcher from menu"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:128(para)
msgid "To disable command line operations, you must also disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet. To disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet, add the applet to the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disabled_applets</literal> key. When you disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet, the <application>Command Line</application> applet is removed from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> and the <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Utility</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(title)
msgid "To Disable Panel Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(secondary)
msgid "panel configuration"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:138(para)
msgid "To disable panel configuration, set the <literal>/apps/panel/global/locked_down</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(para)
msgid "When you disable panel configuration, the following changes occur in the user interface:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(para)
msgid "The following items are removed from the panel popup menu, and from the drawer popup menu:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:153(guimenuitem)
msgid "Delete This Panel"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:158(guimenuitem)
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:163(guimenuitem)
msgid "New Panel"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(para)
msgid "The launcher popup menu is disabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para)
msgid "The following items are removed from the applet popup menu:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(guimenuitem)
msgid "Remove From Panel"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:181(guimenuitem)
msgid "Lock"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(guimenuitem)
msgid "Move"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:192(para)
msgid "The <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> popup menu is disabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para)
msgid "The launcher drag feature is disabled, so that users cannot drag launchers to, or from, panels."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:199(para)
msgid "The panel drag feature is disabled, so that users cannot drag panels to new locations."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(title)
msgid "Lockdown Editor"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:208(para)
msgid "As of GNOME 2.14, a graphical lockdown editor called <application>Pessulus</application> has been included to ease the task of disabling desktop settings."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:213(title)
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:215(para)
msgid "To run the lockdown editor:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:219(para)
msgid "Click the <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Lockdown Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para)
msgid "Run the <command>pessulus</command> command in a terminal window."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:234(para)
msgid "You will see a window with several different tabs. Each of the tabs represents a different category of desktop settings that can be disabled. In the next section, we will discuss each category and provide a brief description for each setting that can be disabled."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:241(title)
msgid "Disabling Features"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:243(para)
msgid "To disable a setting, make sure the checkbox next to the setting's description is checked. Most settings will take effect immediately, however some settings will require that the application be restarted in order to take effect."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(para)
msgid "When <application>pessulus</application> starts, it will try to get a connection to the GConf mandatory configuration source. This address for this configuration source is <literal>xml:merged:<replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory</literal>. If the user that is running <application>pessulus</application> has access to this configuration source, then a lock icon will be displayed next to the checkbox for each setting. Clicking the lock will toggle whether or not the setting is mandatory. If the setting is mandatory, then regular users will not be able to change or override the setting. If the user running pessulus does not have access to the mandatory configuration source, then the lock icon will not appear. In this case, all disabled settings will simply be stored in the user's default configuration source and can be modified later using other tools such as <application>gconf-editor</application> or <application>gconftool-2</application>. For more information on GConf and mandatory configuration sources, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-26\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para)
msgid "The following subsections will give a brief description of the settings that can be disabled for each category."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(para)
msgid "Depending on the applications you have installed, you may see fewer categories than those described in this section."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(title)
msgid "General"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:278(term)
msgid "Disable command line"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:281(para)
msgid "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run Application\" dialog."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(term)
msgid "Disable printing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:291(para)
msgid "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Print\" dialogs."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:297(term)
msgid "Disable print setup"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:300(para)
msgid "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(term)
msgid "Disable save to disk"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para)
msgid "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:319(title)
msgid "Panel"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(term)
msgid "Lock down the panels"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para)
msgid "If true, the panel will not allow any changes to the configuration of the panel. Individual applets may need to be locked down separately however. The panel must be restarted for this to take effect."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:334(term)
msgid "Disable force quit"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:337(para)
msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to force an application to quit by removing access to the force quit button."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:344(term)
msgid "Disable lock screen"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:347(para)
msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to lock their screen, by removing access to the lock screen menu entries."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:353(term)
msgid "Disable log out"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:356(para)
msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to log out, by removing access to the log out menu entries."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:364(title)
msgid "Epiphany Web Browser"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(term)
msgid "Disable quit"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(para)
msgid "User is not allowed to close Epiphany."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(term)
msgid "Disable arbitrary URL"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:379(para)
msgid "Disable the user's ability to type in a URL to Epiphany."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:385(term)
msgid "Disable bookmark editing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:388(para)
msgid "Disable the user's ability to add or edit bookmarks."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(term)
msgid "Disable history"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:396(para)
msgid "Disable all historical information by disabling back and forward navigation, not allowing the history dialog and hiding the most used bookmarks list."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:403(term)
msgid "Disable javascript chrome"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:406(para)
msgid "Disable JavaScript's control over window chrome."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(term)
msgid "Disable toolbar editing"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(para)
msgid "Disable the user's ability to edit toolbars."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:419(term)
msgid "Force fullscreen mode"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:422(para)
msgid "Locks Epiphany in fullscreen mode."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:427(term)
msgid "Hide menubar"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para)
msgid "Hide the menubar by default. The menubar can still be accessed using F10."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:436(term)
msgid "Disable unsafe protocols"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(para)
msgid "Disables loading of content from unsafe protocols. Safe protocols are http and https."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:447(title)
msgid "GNOME Screensaver"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(term)
msgid "Lock on activation"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:454(para)
msgid "Set this to TRUE to lock the screen when the screensaver goes active."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(term)
msgid "Allow logout"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:463(para)
msgid "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in unlock dialog to logging out after a delay. The Delay is specified in the \"logout_delay\" key."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:470(term)
msgid "Allow user switching"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(para)
msgid "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to switch to a different user account."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title)
msgid "Hidden Directories"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:5(para)
msgid "This appendix describes the hidden directories that the GNOME Desktop adds to the home directories of users."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(see)
msgid "hidden directories"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(primary)
msgid ".* directories"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(para)
msgid "A hidden directory is a directory that has a name that begins with a period (.). <xref linkend=\"appendixa-TBL-2\"/> describes the hidden directories that the GNOME Desktop adds to the home directories of users."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(title)
msgid "Hidden Directories in User Home Directories"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para)
msgid "Directory"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:37(filename)
msgid ".config"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para)
msgid "This is the default location for the environment variable <envar>XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar>, if it is not set. User defined menus can be created at <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(filename)
msgid ".fonts"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para)
msgid "Contains fonts specific to a particular user. When a user installs a font by dragging it to the <filename>fonts:///</filename> URI in nautilus, it is copied to this location."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(filename)
msgid ".esd_auth"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(para)
msgid "Contains the authentication cookie for the GNOME sound daemon. The GNOME sound daemon is the Enlightened Sound Daemon (ESD)."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(emphasis)
msgid "NOTE: This is a file, not a directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:71(filename)
msgid ".gconf"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para)
msgid "Contains the <application>GConf</application> configuration source for the user. When the user sets a preference, the new preference information is added to this location."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(filename)
msgid ".gconfd"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para)
msgid "Contains the following <application>GConf</application> daemon details:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para)
msgid "Configuration information."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para)
msgid "Lock information for objects that are referenced by an <firstterm>Interoperable Object Reference (IOR)</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:97(para)
msgid "State information for objects that are referenced by an IOR."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(filename)
msgid ".gnome"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:109(para)
msgid "Contains user-specific application data that is not stored in the <application>GConf</application> repository."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(emphasis)
msgid "NOTE: this directory is deprecated and is only used by GNOME 1.x applications."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(filename)
msgid ".gnome2"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(para)
msgid "Contains user-specific application data that is not stored in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, this directory contains the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:127(para)
msgid "Keyboard shortcut information."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:130(para)
msgid "Window location information."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(para)
msgid "Desktop entry files for panel launchers."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para)
msgid "This directory may also contain sub-directories that store application specific data."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(filename)
msgid ".gnome2-private"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(para)
msgid "Ignore this directory. This directory has no function at the time of publication of this guide."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(filename)
msgid ".local/share"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:158(para)
msgid "This is the default location for the environment variable <envar>XDG_DATA_HOME</envar>, if it is not set. User defined desktop entries can be created in the subdirectory <filename>applications</filename>. User defined mime types can be created in <filename>mime/packages/Overrides.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:166(filename)
msgid ".metacity"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(para)
msgid "Contains session data for the <application>Metacity</application> window manager."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(filename)
msgid ".nautilus"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:180(para)
msgid "Contains file manager data that is specific to the user. For example, this directory can contain the following:"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:184(para)
msgid "Metadata for the directories with which the user works."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:188(para)
msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> emblems that the user adds."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:192(para)
msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> desktop images."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:200(filename)
msgid ".themes"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:204(para)
msgid "Contains controls theme options, window frame theme options, and icons theme options that the user adds. The user can add themes from the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(filename)
msgid ".thumbnails"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para)
msgid "Contains image thumbnails for the user. The image thumbnails are used in the file manager. The file manager contains a preference that the user can select to stop generation of thumbnail images."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title)
msgid "Security Note on Configuring SMB Printers"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:5(para)
msgid "This appendix provides a security note related to the configuration of printers on Windows network shares."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary)
msgid "Samba"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(see)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(primary)
msgid "SMB"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(primary)
msgid "Windows network shares"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(secondary)
msgid "configuring printers"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(para)
msgid "Windows network shares are also referred to as Samba or <firstterm>SMB</firstterm> shares. When you configure a printer on an SMB share, you must enter a username and password for the print queue."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para)
msgid "The username and password for the print queue is stored as unencrypted text in the file <filename>/etc/cups/printers.conf</filename>. This file has read-only permissions for users with root privileges, so any user with root privileges can read the username and password for the print queue."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(para)
msgid "To reduce the impact of possible security violations, ensure that the username and password required to access the print queue is used only for the print queue. This ensures that any possible security violation is restricted to unauthorized use of the print queue."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(filename)
msgid ".desktop"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(glossterm)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(glossterm)
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(glossterm)
msgid "<placeholder-1/> file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(filename)
msgid ".directory"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(filename)
msgid ".omf"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(glossterm)
msgid "application registry"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(para)
msgid "The application registry is a collection of desktop entry files which register applications. The location of the application registry for the GNOME Desktop is <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/applications/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(glossterm)
msgid "desktop entry file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para)
msgid "A data file that provides information about an item in a menu. The desktop entry file specifies the details for the item such as a name, a command to run, an icon, and so on. Desktop entry files have a <filename>.desktop</filename> file extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:50(glossterm)
msgid "directory entry file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para)
msgid "A data file that provides information about a menu. The directory entry file specifies details such as a name for the menu, a tooltip for the menu, and an icon to represent the menu. Directory entry files have a <filename>.directory</filename> file extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(glossterm)
msgid "GConf configuration source"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para)
msgid "A storage location in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, <literal>xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(glossterm)
msgid "GConf preference key"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para)
msgid "An element in the <application>GConf</application> repository that corresponds to an application preference. For example, the <literal>/apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen</literal> key corresponds to the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option in the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(glossterm)
msgid "GConf path file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para)
msgid "A file that lists the GConf configuration sources, and the order in which to search the sources."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(glossterm)
msgid "GConf schema"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
msgid "A collective term for a schema key and a schema object."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(glossterm)
msgid "GConf schema definition file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para)
msgid "A <application>GConf</application> schema definition file lists the keys in a particular application, and defines the characteristics of the keys. <application>GConf</application> schemas are generated from schema definition files. Schema definition files have a <filename>.schemas</filename> file extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:96(glossterm)
msgid "GConf schema key"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(para)
msgid "A key that stores a schema object for a preference key. For example, <literal>/schemas/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</literal> is a schema key for the <literal>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</literal> preference key."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(glossterm)
msgid "GConf schema object"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(para)
msgid "An element in a configuration source that contains information about a preference key. The schema object contains information such as a default value for the preference key, and documentation on the preference key."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:113(glossterm)
msgid "glob pattern"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(para)
msgid "A glob pattern is used to match a file name by using special characters such as <literal>*</literal> and <literal>?</literal>. The MIME system uses glob patterns to assign MIME types based upon filenames and often, file extensions."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(glossterm)
msgid "Interoperable Object Reference"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para)
msgid "An Interoperable Object Reference (IOR) is a string reference to a CORBA object. An IOR encodes a hostname and port to which messages can be sent to control the object. The IOR also contains an object key to identify the object."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:131(glossterm)
msgid "magic rule"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(para)
msgid "A magic rule defines a file's MIME type by specifying text or binary data to search for at the beginning of the file. Offsets to look for this data are defined in a magic rule."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:141(para)
msgid "Menu definition files define the hierarchy of menus that are used in the GNOME menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(glossterm)
msgid "MIME"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(para)
msgid "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:152(glossterm)
msgid "MIME source XML file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para)
msgid "A MIME source XML file defines how MIME types are resolved for different kinds of files. There are three ways in which this can be done: using file extensions (glob patterns), using magic rules and using XML namespaces. MIME source XML files are located in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime/packages</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(glossterm)
msgid "MIME type"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:163(para)
msgid "A MIME type identifies the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file. For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached to an email."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(glossterm)
msgid "MIME type database"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para)
msgid "The MIME type database is a collection of files which register MIME types for the desktop environment. The location of the MIME type database is the directory <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:179(glossterm)
msgid "OMF file"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:181(para)
msgid "Open Source Metadata Framework file. This is a file that is associated with the XML file for a manual. The OMF file contains information about the manual that is used by the Help browser. OMF files have a <filename>.omf</filename> file extension."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:187(glossterm)
msgid "PAM"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:189(para)
msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:193(glossterm)
msgid "screensaver"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para)
msgid "A screensaver is an application that replaces the image on a screen when the screen is not in use. The screensaver application for the GNOME Desktop is <application>XScreenSaver</application>."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:201(glossterm)
msgid "screensaver display"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para)
msgid "A screensaver display is an application that displays images on the screen of the user when the screen is not in use."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:208(glossterm)
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:210(para)
msgid "User Datagram Protocol."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(glossterm)
msgid "Uniform Resource Identifier"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para)
msgid "A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies a particular location in a file system or on the web. For example, the address of a web page is a URI."
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(glossterm)
msgid "websafe color palette"
msgstr ""

#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:224(para)
msgid "The websafe color palette is a general-purpose palette of 216 colors. The websafe color palette is designed to optimize the use of color on systems that support 8-bit color. The websafe color palette is also called the <emphasis>Netscape color palette</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Netscape color cube</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
#: C/system-admin-guide.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""